Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Log Interpretation Charts: 2013 Edition
Log Interpretation Charts: 2013 Edition
GR
SP
Dens
Log
Neu
NMR
Interpretation RLl
Charts RInd
Rt
Lith
Por
SatOH
SatCH
Perm
Cem
Schlumberger
3750 Briarpark Drive
Houston, Texas 77042
www.slb.com
© 2013 Schlumberger. All rights reserved.
No part of this book may be reproduced, stored
in a retrieval system, or transcribed in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying and recording, without
the prior written permission of the publisher.
While the information presented herein is
believed to be accurate, it is provided “as is”
without express or implied warranty.
Specifications are current at the time of printing.
13-FE-0034
ISBN-13: 978-1-937949-10-5
Contents
Foreword................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... xi
General
Symbols Used in Log Interpretation..................................................................................................................................................... Gen-1........................................ 1
Estimation of Formation Temperature with Depth......................................................................................................................... Gen-2........................................ 3
Estimation of Rmf and Rmc........................................................................................................................................................................ Gen-3........................................ 4
Equivalent NaCl Salinity of Salts........................................................................................................................................................... Gen-4........................................ 5
Concentration of NaCl Solutions........................................................................................................................................................... Gen-5........................................ 6
Resistivity of NaCl Water Solutions....................................................................................................................................................... Gen-6........................................ 8
Density of Water and Hydrogen Index of Water and Hydrocarbons .......................................................................................... Gen-7........................................ 9
Density and Hydrogen Index of Natural Gas...................................................................................................................................... Gen-8...................................... 10
Sound Velocity of Hydrocarbons............................................................................................................................................................ Gen-9...................................... 11
Gas Effect on Compressional Slowness............................................................................................................................................... Gen-9a.................................... 12
Gas Effect on Acoustic Velocity.............................................................................................................................................................. Gen-9b.................................... 13
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Relaxation Times of Water............................................................................................................. Gen-10.................................... 14
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Relaxation Times of Hydrocarbons............................................................................................. Gen-11a................................. 15
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Relaxation Times of Hydrocarbons............................................................................................. Gen-11b................................. 16
Capture Cross Section of NaCl Water Solutions............................................................................................................................... Gen-12.................................... 18
Capture Cross Section of NaCl Water Solutions............................................................................................................................... Gen-13.................................... 19
Capture Cross Section of Hydrocarbons.............................................................................................................................................. Gen-14.................................... 21
EPT* Propagation Time of NaCl Water Solutions............................................................................................................................. Gen-15.................................... 22
EPT Attenuation of NaCl Water Solutions.......................................................................................................................................... Gen-16.................................... 23
EPT Propagation Time–Attenuation Crossplot................................................................................................................................ Gen-16a................................. 24
Gamma Ray
Scintillation Gamma Ray—33⁄8- and 111⁄16-in. Tools............................................................................................................................ GR-1........................................ 25
Scintillation Gamma Ray—33⁄8- and 111⁄16-in. Tools............................................................................................................................ GR-2........................................ 26
Scintillation Gamma Ray—33⁄8- and 111⁄16-in. Tools............................................................................................................................ GR-3........................................ 27
SlimPulse* and E-Pulse* Gamma Ray Tools...................................................................................................................................... GR-6........................................ 28
ImPulse* Gamma Ray—4.75-in. Tool................................................................................................................................................... GR-7........................................ 29
PowerPulse* and TeleScope* Gamma Ray—6.75-in. Tools.......................................................................................................... GR-9........................................ 30
PowerPulse Gamma Ray—8.25-in. Normal-Flow Tool.................................................................................................................... GR-10..................................... 31
PowerPulse Gamma Ray—8.25-in. High-Flow Tool......................................................................................................................... GR-11..................................... 32
PowerPulse Gamma Ray—9-in. Tool.................................................................................................................................................... GR-12..................................... 33
PowerPulse Gamma Ray—9.5-in. Normal-Flow Tool...................................................................................................................... GR-13..................................... 34
PowerPulse Gamma Ray—9.5-in. High-Flow Tool........................................................................................................................... GR-14..................................... 35
geoVISION675* GVR* Gamma Ray—6.75-in. Tool........................................................................................................................... GR-15..................................... 36
RAB* Gamma Ray—8.25-in. Tool.......................................................................................................................................................... GR-16..................................... 37
arcVISION475* Gamma Ray—4.75-in. Tool....................................................................................................................................... GR-19..................................... 38
iii
Contents
Spontaneous Potential
Rweq Determination from ESSP................................................................................................................................................................ SP-1......................................... 49
Rweq versus Rw and Formation Temperature..................................................................................................................................... SP-2......................................... 50
Rweq versus Rw and Formation Temperature..................................................................................................................................... SP-3......................................... 51
Bed Thickness Correction—Open Hole.............................................................................................................................................. SP-4......................................... 53
Bed Thickness Correction—Open Hole (Empirical)...................................................................................................................... SP-5......................................... 54
Bed Thickness Correction—Open Hole (Empirical)...................................................................................................................... SP-6......................................... 55
Density
Porosity Effect on Photoelectric Cross Section................................................................................................................................ Dens-1.................................... 56
Apparent Log Density to True Bulk Density....................................................................................................................................... Dens-2.................................... 57
Neutron
Dual-Spacing Compensated Neutron Tool Charts.............................................................................................................................................................................. 58
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-1...................................... 60
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-2...................................... 61
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-3...................................... 63
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-4...................................... 64
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-5...................................... 65
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-6...................................... 67
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-7...................................... 69
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-8...................................... 71
Compensated Neutron Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... Neu-9...................................... 73
APS* Accelerator Porosity Sonde.......................................................................................................................................................... Neu-10.................................... 75
APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde Without Environmental Corrections..................................................................................... Neu-11.................................... 76
CDN* Compensated Density Neutron, adnVISION* Azimuthal Density
Neutron, and EcoScope* Integrated LWD Tools............................................................................................................................... Neu-30.................................... 78
adnVISION475* Azimuthal Density Neutron—4.75-in. Tool and 6-in. Borehole................................................................... Neu-31.................................... 80
adnVISION475 BIP Neutron—4.75-in. Tool and 6-in. Borehole.................................................................................................. Neu-32.................................... 81
adnVISION475 Azimuthal Density Neutron—4.75-in. Tool and 8-in. Borehole..................................................................... Neu-33.................................... 82
adnVISION475 BIP Neutron—4.75-in. Tool and 8-in. Borehole.................................................................................................. Neu-34.................................... 83
iv
Contents
Resistivity Laterolog
ARI* Azimuthal Resistivity Imager....................................................................................................................................................... RLl-1.....................................101
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-2.....................................102
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-3.....................................103
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-4.....................................104
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-5.....................................105
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-6.....................................106
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-7.....................................107
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-8.....................................108
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS).................................................................................................................... RLl-9.....................................109
HRLA* High-Resolution Laterolog Array............................................................................................................................................ RLl-10..................................110
HRLA High-Resolution Laterolog Array............................................................................................................................................... RLl-11..................................111
HRLA High-Resolution Laterolog Array............................................................................................................................................... RLl-12..................................112
HRLA High-Resolution Laterolog Array............................................................................................................................................... RLl-13..................................113
HRLA High-Resolution Laterolog Array............................................................................................................................................... RLl-14..................................114
GeoSteering* Bit Resistivity—6.75-in. Tool....................................................................................................................................... RLl-20..................................115
GeoSteering arcVISION675 Resistivity—6.75-in. Tool................................................................................................................... RLl-21..................................116
GeoSteering Bit Resistivity in Reaming Mode—6.75-in. Tool...................................................................................................... RLl-22..................................117
geoVISION* Resistivity Sub—6.75-in. Tool........................................................................................................................................ RLl-23..................................118
geoVISION Resistivity Sub—8.25-in. Tool.......................................................................................................................................... RLl-24..................................119
GeoSteering Bit Resistivity—6.75-in. Tool......................................................................................................................................... RLl-25..................................120
v
Contents
Resistivity Induction
AIT* Array Induction Imager Tool........................................................................................................................................................ RInd-1..................................125
AIT Array Induction Imager Tool..........................................................................................................................................................................................................126
Resistivity Electromagnetic
arcVISION475 and ImPulse 43⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz ............................................................. REm-11................................131
arcVISION475 and ImPulse 43⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz ............................................................. REm-12................................132
arcVISION475 and ImPulse 43⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz ............................................................. REm-13................................133
arcVISION475 and ImPulse 43⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz ............................................................. REm-14................................134
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz...................................................................................... REm-15................................135
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz...................................................................................... REm-16................................136
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz...................................................................................... REm-17................................137
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz...................................................................................... REm-18................................138
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz......................................................................................... REm-19................................139
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-20................................140
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-21................................141
arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-22................................142
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz....................................................................................... REm-23................................143
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz....................................................................................... REm-24................................144
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz....................................................................................... REm-25................................145
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz....................................................................................... REm-26................................146
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-27................................147
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-28................................148
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-29................................149
arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz........................................................................................... REm-30................................150
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................... REm-31................................151
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................... REm-32................................152
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................... REm-33................................153
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................... REm-34................................154
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz............................................................................................. REm-35................................155
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz............................................................................................. REm-36................................156
arcVISION900 9-in. Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—2 MHz............................................................................................. REm-37................................157
vi
Contents
Formation Resistivity
Resistivity Galvanic.................................................................................................................................................................................... Rt-1.......................................168
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterlog Sonde (HALS)....................................................................................................................... Rt-2.......................................169
High-Resolution Azimuthal Laterlog Sonde (HALS)....................................................................................................................... Rt-3.......................................170
geoVISION675* Resistivity....................................................................................................................................................................... Rt-10.....................................171
geoVISION675 Resistivity......................................................................................................................................................................... Rt-11.....................................172
geoVISION675 Resistivity......................................................................................................................................................................... Rt-12.....................................173
geoVISION675 Resistivity......................................................................................................................................................................... Rt-13.....................................174
geoVISION825* 81⁄4-in. Resistivity-at-the-Bit Tool............................................................................................................................. Rt-14.....................................175
geoVISION825 81⁄4-in. Resistivity-at-the-Bit Tool............................................................................................................................... Rt-15.....................................176
geoVISION825 81⁄4-in. Resistivity-at-the-Bit Tool............................................................................................................................... Rt-16.....................................177
geoVISION825 81⁄4-in. Resistivity-at-the-Bit Tool............................................................................................................................... Rt-17.....................................178
arcVISION Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................................... Rt-31.....................................179
arcVISION and ImPulse Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz.................................................................................. Rt-32.....................................180
arcVISION Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................................... Rt-33.....................................181
arcVISION and ImPulse Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz.................................................................................. Rt-34.....................................182
arcVISION Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................................... Rt-35.....................................183
arcVISION and ImPulse Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz.................................................................................. Rt-36.....................................184
arcVISION675 Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.................................................................................................... Rt-37.....................................185
arcVISION675 and ImPulse Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz........................................................................... Rt-38.....................................186
arcVISION Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz.......................................................................................................... Rt-39.....................................187
arcVISION and ImPulse Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz.................................................................................. Rt-40.....................................188
arcVISION Array Resistivity Compensated Tool—400 kHz in Horizontal Well...................................................................... Rt-41.....................................190
arcVISION and ImPulse Array Resistivity Compensated Tools—2 MHz in Horizontal Well.............................................. Rt-42.....................................191
vii
Contents
Lithology
Density and NGS* Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry Tool.......................................................................................................... Lith-1....................................193
NGS Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry Tool.................................................................................................................................... Lith-2....................................194
Platform Express* Three-Detector Lithology Density Tool........................................................................................................... Lith-3....................................196
Platform Express Three-Detector Lithology Density Tool............................................................................................................. Lith-4....................................197
Density Tool.................................................................................................................................................................................................. Lith-5....................................198
Density Tool.................................................................................................................................................................................................. Lith-6....................................200
Environmentally Corrected Neutron Curves...................................................................................................................................... Lith-7....................................202
Environmentally Corrected APS Curves.............................................................................................................................................. Lith-8....................................204
Bulk Density or Interval Transit Time and Apparent Total Porosity......................................................................................... Lith-9....................................206
Bulk Density or Interval Transit Time and Apparent Total Porosity......................................................................................... Lith-10.................................207
Density Tool.................................................................................................................................................................................................. Lith-11.................................209
Density Tool.................................................................................................................................................................................................. Lith-12.................................210
Porosity
Sonic Tool...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Por-1.....................................212
Sonic Tool...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Por-2.....................................213
Density Tool.................................................................................................................................................................................................. Por-3.....................................214
APS Near-to-Array (APLC) and Near-to-Far (FPLC) Logs............................................................................................................ Por-4.....................................216
Thermal Neutron Tool............................................................................................................................................................................... Por-5.....................................217
Thermal Neutron Tool—CNT-D and CNT-S 21⁄2-in. Tools.............................................................................................................. Por-6.....................................218
adnVISION475 4.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool.............................................................................................................. Por-7.....................................219
adnVISION675 6.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool.............................................................................................................. Por-8.....................................220
adnVISION825 8.25-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool.............................................................................................................. Por-9.....................................221
EcoScope* 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool, BPHI Porosity.............................................................................................................. Por-10..................................222
EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool, TNPH Porosity............................................................................................................... Por-10a................................223
CNL* Compensated Neutron Log and Litho-Density* Tool (fresh water in invaded zone)................................................ Por-11..................................225
CNL Compensated Neutron Log and Litho-Density Tool (salt water in invaded zone)....................................................... Por-12..................................226
APS and Litho-Density Tools................................................................................................................................................................... Por-13..................................227
APS and Litho-Density Tools (saltwater formation)....................................................................................................................... Por-14..................................228
adnVISION475 4.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool.............................................................................................................. Por-15..................................229
adnVISION675 6.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool.............................................................................................................. Por-16..................................230
adnVISION825 8.25-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool.............................................................................................................. Por-17..................................231
EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool.............................................................................................................................................. Por-18..................................232
EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool ............................................................................................................................................. Por-19..................................233
Sonic and Thermal Neutron Crossplot................................................................................................................................................. Por-20..................................235
Sonic and Thermal Neutron Crossplot................................................................................................................................................. Por-21..................................236
Density and Sonic Crossplot.................................................................................................................................................................... Por-22..................................238
Density and Sonic Crossplot.................................................................................................................................................................... Por-23..................................239
Density and Neutron Tool........................................................................................................................................................................ Por-24..................................241
viii
Contents
Saturation
Porosity Versus Formation Resistivity Factor.................................................................................................................................... SatOH-1...............................247
Spherical and Fracture Porosity............................................................................................................................................................ SatOH-2...............................248
Saturation Determination........................................................................................................................................................................ SatOH-3...............................250
Saturation Determination........................................................................................................................................................................ SatOH-4...............................252
Graphical Determination of Sw from Swt and Swb............................................................................................................................. SatOH-5...............................253
Porosity and Gas Saturation in Empty Hole....................................................................................................................................... SatOH-6...............................254
EPT Propagation Time.............................................................................................................................................................................. SatOH-7...............................255
EPT Attenuation.......................................................................................................................................................................................... SatOH-8...............................256
Capture Cross Section Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... SatCH-1...............................258
Capture Cross Section Tool..................................................................................................................................................................... SatCH-2...............................260
RSTPro* Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in..........................................................................................................................................................261
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 6.125-in. Borehole.................................................................. SatCH-3...............................262
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 9.875-in. Borehole.................................................................. SatCH-4...............................263
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 8.125-in. Borehole with 4.5-in. Casing at 11.6 lbm/ft........ SatCH-5................................. 264
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 7.875-in. Borehole with 5.5-in. Casing at 17 lbm/ft........... SatCH-6................................. 265
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 8.5-in. Borehole with 7-in. Casing at 29 lbm/ft............. SatCH-7...............................266
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 9.875-in. Borehole with 7-in. Casing at 29 lbm/ft......... SatCH-8...............................267
Permeability
Permeability from Porosity and Water Saturation........................................................................................................................... Perm-1..................................269
Permeability from Porosity and Water Saturation........................................................................................................................... Perm-2..................................270
Fluid Mobility Effect on Stoneley Slowness....................................................................................................................................... Perm-3..................................271
Cement Evaluation
Cement Bond Log—Casing Strength................................................................................................................................................... Cem-1....................................274
Appendixes
Appendix A Linear Grid........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 275
Log-Linear Grid................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 276
Water Saturation Grid for Resistivity Versus Porosity............................................................................................................................................. 277
Appendix B Logging Tool Response in Sedimentary Minerals ..................................................................................................................................................... 279
Appendix C Acoustic Characteristics of Common Formations and Fluids............................................................................................................................... 281
Appendix D Conversions....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 282
Appendix E Symbols.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 285
Appendix F Subscripts.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 287
Appendix G Unit Abbreviations........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 290
Appendix H References......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 292
ix
Porosity
Foreword
Foreword
This edition of the Schlumberger “chartbook” presents several Charts related to measurements that are no longer performed
innovations. are not included in this chartbook. However, because many oil and
First, the charts were developed to achieve two purposes: gas companies use logs acquired years or even decades ago, the
■ Correct raw measurements to account for environmental effects second chartbook, Historical Log Interpretation Charts, contains
these old charts.
Early downhole measurements were performed in rather uniform
Why publish charts on paper in our electronic age? It is true that
conditions (vertical wells drilled through quasi-horizontal thick
software may be more effective than pencil to derive results. Even
beds, muds made of water with a narrow selection of additives,
more so, this chartbook cannot cope with the complex well situations
and limited range of hole sizes), but today wells can be highly
that are encountered. Using software is the only way to proceed.
deviated or horizontal, mud contents are diverse, and hole sizes
Thus, the chartbook has two primary functions:
range from 2 to 40 in. Environmental effects may be large. In
addition, they compound. It is essential to correct for these effects ■ Training
before the measurements are used. The chartbook is essential for educating junior petrophysicists
about the different effects on the measurements. In the interpre-
■ Use environmentally corrected measurements for interpretation
tation process, the chartbook unveils the relationships between
the different parameters.
■ Sensitivity analysis
A chart gives the user a graphical idea of the sensitivity of an out-
put to the various inputs (see Chart Gen-1). The visual presenta-
tion is helpful for determining if an input parameter is critical.
The user can then focus on the most sensitive inputs.
xi
General
Gen
Rm
Adjacent bed
Rs
Uninvaded
hmc zone
Flushed
zone Rt
Rmc Zone of
transition
dh or
(Bed Rw
thickness) annulus
Mudcake Rx o
Ri Sw
h Rm f
Sx o
Rs
di
dj
Adjacent bed
(Invasion diameters)
∆rj
dh
Hole
diameter
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This diagram presents the symbols and their descriptions and rela- The wellbore is shown traversing adjacent beds above and below the
tions as used in the charts. See Appendixes D and E for identifica- zone of interest. The symbols and descriptions provide a graphical
tion of the symbols. representation of the location of the various symbols within the well-
bore and formations.
1
General
Purpose Example
Gen This chart has a twofold purpose. First, a geothermal gradient can Given: Bottomhole depth = 11,000 ft and bottomhole tempera-
be assumed by entering the depth and a recorded temperature at ture = 200°F (annual mean surface temperature = 80°F).
that depth. Second, for an assumed geothermal gradient, if the temp Find: Temperature at 8,000 ft.
erature is known at one depth in the well, the temperature at
Answer: The intersection of 11,000 ft on the y-axis and 200°F
another depth in the well can be determined.
on the x-axis is a geothermal gradient of approximately
Description 1.1°F/100 ft (Point A on the chart).
Depth is on the y-axis and has the shallowest at the top and the Move upward along an imaginary line parallel to the con-
deepest at the bottom. Both feet and meters are used, on the left structed gradient lines until the depth line for 8,000 ft is
and right axes, respectively. Temperature is plotted on the x-axis, intersected. This is Point B, for which the temperature
with Fahrenheit on the bottom and Celsius on the top of the chart. on the x-axis is approximately 167°F.
The annual mean surface temperature is also presented in
Fahrenheit and Celsius.
2
General
Gen
Annual mean
surface temperature
Temperature (°C)
2
B
A
4
1.09 1.46 1.82 2.19 2.55 2.92°C/100 m
Depth Depth
(thousands 15 (thousands
of feet) of meters)
5
20 6
25
8
© Schlumberger
3
General
R Example
log mf
Rm
(
= 0.396 − 0.0475 × ρm .
) Given: R m = 3.5 ohm-m at 75°F and mud weight = 12 lbm/gal
[1,440 kg/m3].
Method 2: Overton and Lipson Find: Estimated values of Rmf and Rmc.
For drilling muds with measured values of R m between 0.1 and Answer: From the table, Km = 0.584.
10.0 ohm-m at 75°F [24°C] and the coefficient of mud (K m) given R mf = (0.584)(3.5)1.07 = 2.23 ohm-m at 75°F.
as a function of mud weight from the table:
R mc = 0.69(2.23)(3.5/2.23)2.65 = 5.07 ohm-m at 75°F.
( )1.07
R mf = K m R m
2.65
R
( )
R mc = 0.69 R mf m .
R mf
4
General
Gen
Li (2.5)† OH (5.5)†
2.0 2.0
NH4 (1.9)† Mg
1.5
K
Ca
CO3
1.0 Na and CI (1.0) 1.0
K
Multiplier
SO4 Ca
CO3
0.5 NO3 (0.55)†
Br (0.44)† HCO3 SO4
I (0.28)† HCO3
0 0
Mg
–0.5
10 20 50 100 200 500 1,000 2,000 5,000 10,000 20,000 50,000 100,000 300,000
Total solids concentration (ppm or mg/kg)
Purpose Example
This chart is used to approximate the parts-per-million (ppm) con- Given: Formation water sample with solids concentrations
centration of a sodium chloride (NaCl) solution for which the total of calcium (Ca) = 460 ppm, sulfate (SO4) = 1,400 ppm,
solids concentration of the solution is known. Once the equivalent and Na plus Cl = 19,000 ppm. Total solids concentration
concentration of the solution is known, the resistivity of the solution = 460 + 1,400 + 19,000 = 20,860 ppm.
for a given temperature can be estimated with Chart Gen-6. Find: Equivalent NaCl solution in ppm.
Description Answer: Enter the x-axis at 20,860 ppm and read the multiplier
The x-axis of the semilog chart is scaled in total solids concentration value for each of the solids curves from the y-axis:
and the y-axis is the weighting multiplier. The curve set represents Ca = 0.81, SO4 = 0.45, and NaCl = 1.0. Multiply each
the various multipliers for the solids typically in formation water. concentration by its multiplier:
(460 × 0.81) + (1,400 × 0.45) + (19,000 × 1.0) = 20,000 ppm.
5
General
Gen
Concentrations of NaCl Solutions
Temperature Gradient Oil Gravity
Density of NaCl Conversion
g/L at ppm grains/gal solution at Specific
77°F at 77°F 77°F [25°C] °F/100 ft °C/100 m °API gravity (sg) at 60°F
0.15 150 1.00 2.0 0.60
10
100
0.2 200
12.5 3.5 0.62
15 1.9
0.3 300 90 0.64
20
0.4 400 1.8 0.66
25
80
0.5 500 30 0.68
0.6 600 1.7
40 0.70
70
0.8 800 50 3.0
0.72
1.0 1,000 60 1.6
70 60 0.74
80
1.5 1,500 90 1.5 0.76
100 50 0.78
2 2,000 125 0.80
150 1.4
2.5 40 0.82
3 3,000
200 0.84
4 4,000 1.3 0.86
250 30
5 0.88
5,000 300
6 1.005 0.90
6,000 1.2
400 0.92
20 0.94
8 8,000 500 0.96
10 10,000 600 1.1 2.0 0.98
700 10 1.00
800 1.02
15 15,000 900 1.0 1.04
1,000 1.06
0 1.08
20 20,000 1,250 1.01
1,500 0.9
30 30,000 141.5
°API = − 131.5
2,000 1.02 1.5 sg at 60°F
40 40,000 0.8
2,500
50 3,000 1.03
60 60,000 1.04
4,000 0.7
80 1.05
80,000 5,000
100 6,000 1.06
100,000 1.07 0.6
125 7,000 1.08
8,000 1.09 1.0
150 9,000 1.10
150,000
200 10,000 1.12
12,500 1.14 1°F/100 ft = 1.822°C/100 m
250 200,000 1.16
15,000 1°C/100 m = 0.5488°F/100 ft
300 250,000 17,500 1.18
1.20
© Schlumberger
6
General
Example One
Given: NaCl equivalent concentration = 20,000 ppm.
Temperature of concentration = 75°F.
Find: Resistivity of the solution.
Answer: Enter the ppm concentration on the y-axis and the tem
perature on the x-axis to locate their point of intersec-
tion on the chart. The value of this point on the left
y-axis is 0.3 ohm-m at 75°F.
7
General
Gen
Conversion approximated by R2 = R1 [(T1 + 6.77)/(T2 + 6.77)]°F or R2 = R1 [(T1 + 21.5)/(T2 + 21.5)]°C
10
8
NaCl
concentration
6
(ppm) (grains/gal
5 at 75°F)
4 200 10
3
300 15
2 400 20
500 25
600 30
700
1 800 40
1,00
0.8 0 50
1,20
0
0.6 1,40
0
0.5 1,70
0
2,00 100
0.4 0
Resistivity 3,00
0.3 0 150
of solution
(ohm-m) 4,00 200
0
0.2 5,00 250
0
6,00 300
0
7,00
0
8,00 400
0
10,0 500
0.1 00
12,0
00
0.08 14,0
00
17,0
00
0.06 20,0 1,000
00
0.05
0.04 30,00 1,500
0
40,0 2,000
0.03 00
50,0
00 2,500
60,0 3,000
0
0.02 70,000
80,000 4,000
0
100,0 5,000
00
120,0
140,0 00
00
0.01 280,000 ppm 170,0
200,000 10,000
300,000 ppm 00
250,0
00 15,000
° F 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 20,000
°C 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200
Temperature
© Schlumberger
8
General
Water Gen
Temperature (°C)
25 50 100 150 200 Hydrogen Index of Salt Water
1.20 250
1.05
,000
ppm
1.15
200
,000
ppm
150,0
00 p 1.00
1.10
pm
100,00
0 pp
m
Water 1.05 50,000
Hydrogen
density ppm
index 0.95
(g/cm3) 1.00 Dis
tille
dw
ate
r
0.95 0.90
0.90
0.85 0.85
40 100 200 300 400 440 0 50 100 150 200 250
Temperature (°F) Salinity (kppm or g/kg)
Pressure 7,000 psi NaCl
1,000 psi
14.7 psi
Hydrocarbons
1.0
0.8
Hydrogen 0.6
index
0.4
0.2
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2
Hydrocarbon density (g/cm3)
© Schlumberger
9
General
Hgas
Gen
Gas gravity = 0.6 0.7
(Air = 1.0)
0.3
100
0.6
150
200
250 0.5
300
0.2 350
Gas 0.4
density Gas
(g/cm3) temperature
(°F) 0.3
0.1
0.2
0.1
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Gas pressure × 1,000 (psia)
0.5
Gas gravity = 0.65
0.4
Pressure (psi)
17,500
15,000
12,500
0.3 10,000
Gas
density 7,500
(g/cm3)
0.2 5,000
0.1 2,500
0 14.7
100 200 300 400
© Schlumberger Temperature (°F)
Purpose Example
This chart can be used to determine more than one characteristic Given: Gas density = 0.2 g/cm3 and temperature = 200°F.
of natural gas under different conditions. The characteristics are Find: Gas pressure and hydrogen index.
gas density (ρg), gas pressure, and hydrogen index (Hgas).
Answer: Gas pressure = approximately 5,200 psi and Hgas = 0.44.
Description
For known values of gas density, pressure, and temperature, the value
of Hgas can be determined. If only the gas pressure and temperature
are known, then the gas density and Hgas can be determined. If the
gas density and temperature are known, then the gas pressure and
Hgas can be determined.
10
General
Gen
Natural Gas
Temperature (C)
17,500
300
15,000
Sound 3,000 Sound
velocity 12,500 slowness
(ft/s) 400 (µs/ft)
10,000
2,000 500
7,500
14.7
5,000
1,000 1,000
2,500
2,000
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Temperature (F)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to determine the sound velocity (ft/s) and sound Enter the chart with the temperature (Celsius along the top x-axis
slowness (μs/ft) of gas in the formation. These values are helpful in and Fahrenheit along the bottom) to intersect the formation
sonic and seismic interpretations. pore pressure.
11
General
Gen
Sandstone
200
∆tc Wet
200 µs/ft
(µs/ft) sand
110 µs/ft
100
90 µs/ft
70 µs/ft
50
0 20 40 60 80 100
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart illustrates the effect that gas in the formation has on the Enter the chart with the compressional slowness time (Δtc) from the
slowness time of sound from the sonic tool to anticipate the slowness sonic log on the y-axis and the liquid saturation of the formation on
of a formation that contains gas and liquid. the x-axis. The curves are used to determine the gas effect on the
basis of which correlation (Wood’s law or Power law) is applied. The
slowing effect begins sooner for the Power law correlation. The
Wood’s law correlation slightly increases Δtc values as the formation
liquid saturation increases whereas the Power law correlation
decreases Δtc values from about 20% liquid saturation.
12
General
Gen
Sandstone
25
No gas
Gas bearing
20
Velocity 15
Vp
(1,000 × ft/s)
10
Vs
0
0 10 20 30 40
Porosity (p.u.)
Limestone
25
No gas
Gas bearing
20
15
Velocity Vp
(1,000 × ft/s)
10
Vs
5
0
0 10 20 30 40
Porosity (p.u.)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to determine porosity from the compressional Enter Vp or Vs on the y-axis to intersect the appropriate curve. Read
wave or shear wave velocity (Vp and Vs, respectively). the porosity for the sandstone or limestone formation on the x-axis.
13
General
Gen
T1
Relaxation Relaxation
time (s) time (s) 1.0 T2 (TE = 0.32 ms)
1.0
T2 (TE = 1 ms)
0.1 0.1
T2 (TE = 2 ms)
0.01 0.01
20 60 100 140 180 20 60 100 140 180
Temperature (C) Temperature (C)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
Longitudinal (Bulk) Relaxation Time of Pure Water Longitudinal Relaxation Time
This chart provides an approximation of the bulk relaxation time The chart relation is for pure water—the additives in drilling fluids
(T1) of pure water depending on the temperature of the water. reduce the relaxation time (T1) of water in the invaded zone. The
two major contributors to the reduction are surfactants added to the
Transverse (Bulk and Diffusion) Relaxation Time of Water drilling fluid and the molecular interactions of the mud filtrate con-
in the Formation tained in the pore spaces and matrix minerals of the formation.
Determining the bulk and diffusion relaxation time (T2) from this
chart requires knowledge of both the formation temperature and Transverse Relaxation Time
the echo spacing (TE) used to acquire the data. These data are pre- The relaxation time (T2) determination is based on the formation
sented graphically on the log and are the basis of the water or temperature and echo spacing used to acquire the measurement.
hydrocarbon interpretation of the zone of interest. The TE value is listed in the parameter section of the log. Using
the T2 measurement from a known water sand or based on local
experience further aids in determining whether a zone of
interest contains hydrocarbons, water, or both.
14
General
0.0001 0.0001
0.1 1 10 100 1,000 10,000 100,000 0.1 1 10 100 1,000 10,000 100,000
Viscosity (cp) Viscosity (cp)
10–4 15
Diffusion Diffusion 10
10–5
(cm2/s) (10 –5 cm2/s)
10–7 0
0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200
Temperature (°C) Temperature (°C)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
Longitudinal (Bulk) Relaxation Time of Crude Oil Longitudinal (Bulk) Relaxation Time
This chart is used to predict the T1 of crude oils with various viscosi- This chart is divided into three distinct sections based on the compo-
ties and densities or specific gravities to assist in interpretation of sition of the oil measured. The type of oil contained in the formation
the fluid content of the formation of interest. can be determined from the measured T1 and viscosity determined
from the transverse relaxation time chart.
Transverse (Bulk and Diffusion) Relaxation Time
Known values of T2 and TE can be used to approximate the viscosity Transverse (Bulk and Diffusion) Relaxation Time
by using this chart. The viscosity can be determined with values of the measured T2 and
TE for input to the longitudinal relaxation time chart to identify the
Diffusion Coefficients for Hydrocarbon and Water type of oil in the formation.
These charts are used to predict the diffusion coefficient of hydro
carbon as a function of formation temperature and viscosity and
of water as a function of formation temperature.
15
General
3,000 6
20
Diffusion 3,900
(10–4 cm2/s) 15 4,500 T1 (s)
4
10 8,300
15,500 2
5
22,800
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 0 3,000 6,000 9,000 12,000
Temperature (°C) Pressure (psi)
1.0
10
0.8
1 TE = 0.2 ms
Hydrogen
T2 (s) index 0.6
TE = 0.32 ms
0.1
0.4
TE = 1 ms
0.01
0.2
TE = 2 ms
0.001 0
10–4 10–3 10–2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2
Diffusion (cm /s)
2 Hydrocarbon density (g/cm ) 3
© Schlumberger
16
General
Purpose Example
Gen
The sigma value (Σw) of a saltwater solution can be determined from Given: Water salinity = 125,000 ppm, temperature = 68°F at
this chart. The sigma water value is used to calculate the water satu- ambient pressure, and formation temperature = 190°F
ration of a formation. at 5,000 psi.
Find: Σw at ambient conditions and Σw of the formation.
Description
Charts Gen-12 and Gen-13 define sigma water for pressure condi- Answer: Σw = 69 c.u. and Σw of the formation = 67 c.u.
tions of ambient through 20,000 psi [138 MPa] and temperatures If the sigma water apparent (Σwa) is known from a clean water
from 68° to 500°F [20° to 260°C]. Enter the appropriate chart for sand, then the salinity of the formation can be determined by enter-
the pressure value with the known water salinity on the y-axis and ing the chart from the sigma water value on the x-axis to intersect
move horizontally to intersect the formation temperature. The sigma the pressure and temperature values.
of the formation water for the intersection point is on the x-axis.
17
General
225 225
200 200
t
175
en
bi
Am
150 C]
300
5° ]
20 0°C
°F [ [15 °C]
0 3 ]
125 40 00°F F [9 0°C 275
3 00° [2
2 8°F
6
100 250
]
Pa
75 225
M
6.9
i[
50 200
ps
00
1,0
25 175 175
75 225
]
Pa
M
50 200
34
i[
ps
00
25 175
5,0
0 150
125
100 100
75 75
50 50
25 25
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
© Schlumberger
18
General
225 225
]
200
Pa
200
9M
[6
175
si
0p
,00
10
150 300
C]
5° C]
125 F [20 50° C] 275
0° [1 3° ]
40 00°F F [9 0°C
3 00° [2
2 8°F
100 6 250
]
75 225
Pa
M
03
[1
50 200
si
0p
,00
25
15
175 175
Equivalent water salinity 0 300
(1,000 × ppm NaCl) 150 150
C]
0° C]
F [26 05° °C] 275
125 125 0° [2 50 ]
50 00°F F [1 93°C ]
4 00° F [ 0°C
3 00° [2
100 2 8°F
6
250
75 225
]
Pa
M
50 200
38
[1
si
0p
25 175
,00
20
0 150
125
100 100
75 75
50 50
25 25
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Chart Gen-13 continues Chart Gen-12 at higher pressure values for
the determination of Σw of a saltwater solution.
19
General
Purpose Example
Gen Sigma hydrocarbon (Σh) for gas or oil can be determined by using Given: Reservoir pressure = 8,000 psi, reservoir temperature =
this chart. Sigma hydrocarbon is used to calculate the water satura- 300°F, gravity of reservoir oil = 30°API, and solution
tion of a formation. GOR = 200.
Find: Sigma gas and sigma oil.
Description
One set of charts is for measurement in metric units and the other Answer: Sigma gas = 10 c.u. and sigma oil = 21.6 c.u.
is for measurements in “customary” oilfield units.
For gas, enter the background chart of a chart set with the reser-
voir pressure and temperature. At that intersection point move left
to the y-axis and read the sigma of methane gas.
For oil, use the foreground chart and enter the solution gas/oil
ratio (GOR) of the oil on the x-axis. Move upward to intersect the
appropriate API gravity curve for the oil. From this intersection
point, move horizontally left and read the sigma of the oil on
the y-axis.
20
0.74 or 0.94 mg/m3
2.5 Σh (c.u.)
18 Co
nd
General 0 en
sa
te
16
Capture Cross Section of Hydrocarbons
Gen-14
2 10 100 1,000 2,000
(former Tcor-1)
Methane
17.5
68
125
15.0
200 Customary
12.5 300
400
500
Σh (c.u.) 10.0
Temperature (°F)
7.5
Liquid hydrocarbons
22
30°, 40°, and 50°API
5.0
20
Σh (c.u.) 20° and 60°API
2.5
18 Co
nd
en
0 sa
te
16
Methane
17.5
20
52
15.0
93 Metric
12.5 150
205
260
Σh (c.u.) 10.0
Temperature (°C)
7.5
Liquid hydrocarbons
22
0.78 to 0.88 mg/m3
5.0
20
0.74 or 0.94 mg/m3
2.5 Σh (c.u.)
18 Co
nd
0 en
sa
te
16
21
Reservoir pressure (psia)
0 4,000 8,000 12,000 16,000 20,000
General
Gen
90
120°C
80 250°F
100°C
200°F
80°C
70 175°F
150°F
60°C
60 125°F
40°C
tpw (ns/m) 100°F
50
75°F
20°C
40
30
20
0 50 100 150 200 250
Equivalent water salinity (1,000 × ppm or g/kg NaCl)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is designed to determine the propagation time (tpw) of Enter the chart with the known salinity of the zone of interest and
saltwater solutions. The value of t pw of a water zone is used to deter- move upward to the formation temperature curve. From that inter-
mine the temperature variation of the salinity of the formation water. section point move horizontally left and read the propagation time
of the water in the formation on the y-axis. Conversely, enter the
chart with a known value of tpw from the EPT Electromagnetic
Propagation Tool log to intersect the formation temperature curve
and read the water salinity at the bottom of the chart.
22
General
Gen
5,000
120°C
250°F
100°C
200°F
80°C
4,000 175°F
150°F
60°C
125°F
40°C
Attenuation, 3,000 100°F
Aw
(dB/m) 75°F
20°C
2,000
1,000
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Equivalent water salinity (kppm or g/kg NaCl)
EPT-D Spreading Loss
–40
–60
–80
–100
Correction
–120 to EATT
(dB/m)
–140
–160
–180
–200
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
*Mark of Schlumberger Uncorrected t pl (ns/m)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is designed to estimate the attenuation of saltwater solu- Enter the chart with the known salinity of the zone of interest and
tions. The attenuation (Aw) value of a water zone is used in conjunc- move upward to the formation temperature curve. From that intersec-
tion with the spreading loss determined from the EPT propagation tion point move horizontally left and read the attenuation of the water
time measurement (tpl) to determine the saturation of the flushed in the formation on the y-axis. Conversely, enter the chart with a known
zone by using Chart SatOH-8. EATT attenuation value of Aw from the EPT Electromagnetic
Propagation Tool log to intersect the formation temperature curve
and read the water salinity at the bottom of the chart.
23
General
Gen
1,000
Rmfa from EPT log (ohm-m) 0.02 0.05
900 0.1
Sandstone at 150°F [60°C]
800
700
0.2
600
Attenuation
(dB/m) 500
400
T)
EP
(φ
0.5
300 sity
o
por
E PT
200
1.0
100 2.0
30 40 50
10 20 5.0
10.0
0 50.0
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
tpl (ns/m)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the apparent resistivity of the mud Given: Attenuation = 300 dB/m and tpl = 13 ns/m.
filtrate (Rmfa) from measurements from the EPT Electromagnetic Find: Apparent resistivity of the mud filtrate and EPT porosity.
Propagation Tool. The porosity of the formation (ϕEPT) can also be
Answer: Rmfa = 0.1 ohm-m and ϕEPT = 20 p.u.
estimated. Porosity and mud filtrate resistivity values are used in
determining the water saturation.
Description
Enter the chart with the known attenuation and propagation time
(tpl). The intersection of those values identifies Rmfa and ϕEPT from
the two sets of curves. This chart is characterized for a sandstone
formation at a temperature of 150°F [60°C].
24
Gamma Ray—Wireline
7.0 GR
5.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
t (g/cm2)
© Schlumberger
Purpose CF′m is the correction factor for centered tools, while CF′o is the cor-
This chart provides a correction factor for measured values of forma- rection factor for eccentered tools. Both are corrected for barite if
tion gamma ray (GR) in gAPI units. If the mud contains barite, the it is present in the borehole. S is the actual standoff, and Sm is the
additional correction of Chart GR-2 should also be made. standoff with the tool centered.
Description Example
The semilog chart has the t factor on the x-axis and the correction Given: GR = 36 API units (gAPI), dh = 12 in., mud weight =
factor on the y-axis. 12 lbm/gal, tool OD = 33⁄8 in., and the tool is centered.
The input parameter, t, in g/cm2, is calculated as follows: Find: Corrected GR value.
t=
( )
Wmud 2.54 d h
−
(
2.54 d sonde ) , Answer:
8.345 2 2
t=
( )
12 2.54 12
−
2.54 3.375( ) = 15.88 g /cm2.
where 8.345 2 2
25
Gamma Ray—Wireline
1.2
1.0
GR 111⁄16-in. tool, centered
0.8
Bmud 0.6
111⁄16-in. tool, eccentered
0.4
33⁄8-in. tool, centered
0.2
33⁄8-in. tool, eccentered
0
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
1.2
1.0
0.8
33⁄8-in. tool
Fbh 0.6
111⁄16-in. tool
0.4
0.2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
dh – dsonde (in.)
© Schlumberger
7.0
5.0
111⁄16-in. tool
2.0
Correction
factor
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
t (g/cm2)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used to compensate for the effects of the casing, Given: GR = 19 gAPI, hole diameter (dh) = 12 in., casing OD
cement sheath, and borehole fluid on the GR count rate in cased (dODcsg) = 95⁄8 in. and 43.5 lbm/ft, casing ID (dIDcsg) =
holes for conditions of an eccentered 33⁄8-in. tool in an 8-in. borehole 8.755 in., casing density (ρcsg) = 7.96 g/cm3, tool OD
with 10-lbm/gal mud. (dsonde) = 33⁄8 in., cement density (ρcement) = 2.0 g/cm3,
and mud weight (Wm) = 8.345 lbm/gal.
Description
Find: Corrected cased hole GR value.
In small boreholes the count rate can be too large, and in larger
boreholes the count rate can be too small. The chart is based on Answer: The chart input factor calculated with the equation is
openhole Chart GR-1, modified by laboratory and Monte Carlo t = 21.7 g/cm2. Enter the chart at 21.7 on the x-axis. At
calculations to provide a correction factor for application to the intersection point with the 33⁄8-in. curve, the value of
the measured GR count rate in cased hole environments: the correction factor on the y-axis is 2.0. The GR value is
corrected by multiplying by the correction factor:
t=
2.54 Wm
d (
2 8.345 IDcsg
) ( ) (
)
− d sonde + ρcsg d ODcsg − d IDcsg + ρcement d h − d ODcsg .
19 gAPI × 2.0 = 38 gAPI.
27
Gamma Ray—LWD
11
GR
10
9
17.5-in. bit
13.5-in. bit
7
6
Correction
factor 12.25-in. bit
5
4 9.875-in. bit
8.5-in. bit
3
2 7-in. bit
6-in. bit
0
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move
values measured with the SlimPulse third-generation slim measure- upward to intersect the appropriate openhole size. Interpolate
ments-while-drilling (MWD) tool or the E-Pulse electromagnetic between lines as necessary. At the intersection point, move
telemetry tool. These environmental corrections for mud weight horizontally left to the y-axis to read the correction factor that
and bit size are already applied to the gamma ray presented on the SlimPulse or E-Pulse gamma ray value was multipliedby to
the logs. obtain the corrected gamma ray value in gAPI units.
28
Gamma Ray—LWD
1.75
GR
1.50
8.5-in. bit
Correction 1.25
factor
7-in. bit
6-in. bit
1.00
0.75
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move
values measured with the ImPulse integrated MWD platform. These upward to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between
environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are already lines as necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left
applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. to the y-axis to read the correction factor that the ImPulse gamma
ray value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray
value in gAPI units.
29
Gamma Ray—LWD
2.75
2.50
2.25
12.25-in. bit
Correction 2.00
factor
10.625-in. bit
8.75-in. bit
8.5-in. bit
1.50
1.25
1.00
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the PowerPulse 6.75-in. MWD telemetry system and to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
TeleScope 6.75-in. high-speed telemetry-while-drilling service. necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are y-axis to read the correction factor that the PowerPulse or
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. TeleScope gamma ray value was multiplied by to obtain the cor-
rected gamma ray value in gAPI units.
30
Gamma Ray—LWD
5.00 GR
4.75
17.5-in. bit
4.50
4.25
Correction 3.75
factor 13.5-in. bit
3.50
12.25-in. bit
3.25
10.625-in. bit
3.00
9.875-in. bit
2.75
2.50
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the PowerPulse 8.25-in. normal-flow MWD telemetry to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
system. These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the y-axis
size are already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. to read the appropriate correction factor that the PowerPulse gamma
ray value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected GR value in gAPI
units.
31
Gamma Ray—LWD
4.25
GR
4.00
3.75
17.5-in. bit
3.50
3.25
14.75-in. bit
2.00
1.75
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the PowerPulse 8.25-in. high-flow MWD telemetry to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
system. These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
size are already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. y-axis to read the correction factor that the PowerPulse gamma ray
value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value in
gAPI units.
32
Gamma Ray—LWD
7.50
GR
7.00
6.50
6.00
22-in. bit
5.50
Correction 5.00
factor 17.5-in. bit
4.50
14.75-in. bit
4.00 13.5-in. bit
12.25-in. bit
3.50
10.625-in. bit
3.00
2.50
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the PowerPulse 9-in. MWD telemetry system. These to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are already necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. y-axis to read the correction factor that the PowerPulse gamma ray
value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value in
gAPI units.
33
Gamma Ray—LWD
8.00
GR
7.50
7.00
22-in. bit
6.50
6.00
17.5-in. bit
Correction 5.50
factor
13.5-in. bit
4.50
12.25-in. bit
4.00
10.625-in. bit
3.50
3.00
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the PowerPulse 9.5-in. normal-flow MWD telemetry to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
system. These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
size are already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. y-axis to read the correction factor that the PowerPulse gammma ray
value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value in
gAPI units.
34
Gamma Ray—LWD
8.00
GR
22-in. bit
7.50
7.00
6.50
6.00
Correction 5.00
factor
4.50
14.75-in. bit
4.00
13.5-in. bit
3.50
12.25-in. bit
3.00
10.625-in. bit
2.50
2.00
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured by the PowerPulse 9.5-in. high-flow MWD telemetry sys- to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
tem. These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
are already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. y-axis to read the correction factor that the PowerPulse gamma ray
value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value in
gAPI units.
35
Gamma Ray—LWD
2.75
GR
2.50
2.25
2.00
1.50
10.625-in. bit
1.25
9.875-in. bit
8.75-in. bit
1.00 8.5-in. bit
0.75
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
values measured with the GVR resistivity sub of the geoVISION 6 3⁄4-in. to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
MWD/LWD imaging system. These environmental corrections for necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
mud weight and bit size are already applied to the gamma ray y-axis to read the correction factor that the GVR gamma ray value was
presented on the logs. multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value in gAPI units.
36
Gamma Ray—LWD
3.00
GR
2.75
2.50
2.00
Correction 1.75
factor
12.25-in. bit
1.00 10.625-in. bit
9.875-in. bit
0.75
0.50
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the RAB Resistivity-at-the-Bit 8.25-in. tool. These envi- to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
ronmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are already necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. y-axis to read the correction factor that the RAB gamma ray value
was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value in gAPI
units.
37
Gamma Ray—LWD
1.75
GR
1.50
8.5-in. bit
Correction 1.25
factor
7-in. bit
6-in. bit
1.00
0.75
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the arcVISION475 43⁄4-in. drill collar resistivity tool. to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. y-axis to read the correction factor that the arcVISION475 gamma
ray value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected gamma ray value
in gAPI units.
38
Gamma Ray—LWD
3.50
GR
3.25
3.00
2.75
2.25
Correction 2.00
factor
0.75
0.50
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. drill collar resistivity tool. to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines
These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are as necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. the y-axis to read the appropriate correction factor that the
arcVISION675 gamma ray value was multiplied by to obtain
the corrected gamma ray value in gAPI units.
39
Gamma Ray—LWD
3.00
GR
2.75
2.50
17.5-in. bit
2.25
2.00
Correction 1.75
factor
14.75-in. bit
1.50
13.5-in. bit
1.25
12.25-in. bit
0.75
0.50
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. drill collar resistivity tool. to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. the y-axis and read the appropriate correction factor that the
arcVISION825 gamma ray value was multiplied by to obtain
the corrected gamma ray value in gAPI units.
40
Gamma Ray—LWD
5.5
GR
5.0
4.5
22-in. bit
4.0
3.5
Correction 3.0
factor
2.5
17.5-in. bit
2.0
0.5
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray values Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
measured with the arcVISION900 9-in. drill collar resistivity tool. to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. the y-axis and read the appropriate correction factor that the
arcVISION900 gamma ray value was multiplied by to obtain the
corrected gamma ray value in gAPI units.
41
Gamma Ray—LWD
100
GR
90
80
70
60 20 ppg
Correction 16 ppg
subtracted 18 ppg
for 5-wt% 50
potassium 14 ppg 12 ppg
(gAPI)
40
10 ppg 9 ppg
8.3 ppg
30
20
10
0
6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Hole size (in.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction that is subtracted from This chart is for illustrative purposes only. The indicated correction
the borehole-corrected gamma ray from the arcVISION475 43⁄4-in. is already applied to the gamma ray log.
tool. Environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are To determine the correction that was applied to the log output,
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. enter the chart with the borehole size on the x-axis and move upward
to intersect the downhole mud weight. From the intersection point
move horizontally left to read the correction in gAPI units that was
subtracted from the borehole-corrected data.
Charts GR-24 through GR-26 are similar to Chart GR-23 for
different arcVISION tool sizes.
42
Gamma Ray—LWD
50
GR
45 20 ppg
40 18 ppg
35 16 ppg
30 14 ppg
Correction
subtracted 12 ppg
for 5-wt% 25
potassium
(gAPI) 10 ppg
20
9 ppg
8.3 ppg
15
10
0
8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0
Hole size (in.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction that is subtracted from This chart is for illustrative purposes only. The indicated correction
the borehole-corrected gamma ray from the arcVISION675 63⁄4-in. is already applied on the gamma ray log.
tool. Environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are To determine the correction that was applied to the log output,
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. enter the chart with the borehole size on the x-axis and move
upward to intersect the downhole mud weight. From the intersection
point move horizontally left to read the correction in gAPI units that
was subtracted from the borehole-corrected data.
43
Gamma Ray—LWD
100
GR
90
80
20 ppg
70 18 ppg
16 ppg
60
Correction
14 ppg
subtracted
for 5-wt% 50
potassium 12 ppg
(gAPI)
40 10 ppg
9 ppg
30
8.3 ppg
20
10
0
0 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Hole size (in.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction that is subtracted from This chart is for illustrative purposes only. The indicated correction
the borehole-corrected gamma ray from the arcVISION825 81⁄4-in. is already applied on the gamma ray log.
tool. Environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are To determine the correction that was applied to the log output,
already applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. enter the chart with the borehole size on the x-axis and move upward
to intersect the downhole mud weight. From the intersection point
move horizontally left to read the correction in gAPI units that was
subtracted from the borehole-corrected data.
44
Gamma Ray—LWD
120
GR
100
20 ppg
18 ppg
80
16 ppg
Correction
subtracted 14 ppg
for 5-wt% 60
potassium 12 ppg
(gAPI)
10 ppg
40
9 ppg
8.3 ppg
20
0
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Hole size (in.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction that is subtracted from This chart is for illustrative purposes only. The indicated correction
the borehole-corrected gamma ray from the arcVISION900 9-in. tool. is already applied on the gamma ray log.
Environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are already To determine the correction that was applied to the log output,
applied to the gamma ray presented on the logs. enter the chart with the borehole size on the x-axis and move upward
to intersect the downhole mud weight. From the intersection point
move horizontally left to read the correction curve in gAPI units that
was subtracted from the borehole-corrected data.
45
Gamma Ray—LWD
3.00
GR
2.75
2.50
2.25
2.00
Correction 1.75
factor 12.25-in. bit
1.50
10.625-in. bit
9.875-in. bit
1.25
8.75-in. bit
8.5-in. bit
1.00
0.75
0.50
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Mud weight (lbm/gal)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to provide a correction factor for gamma ray Enter the chart with the mud weight on the x-axis and move upward
values measured with the EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD tool. to intersect the appropriate bit size. Interpolate between lines as
These environmental corrections for mud weight and bit size are necessary. At the intersection point, move horizontally left to the
normally already applied to the gamma ray presented on the field y-axis to read the appropriate correction factor that the EcoScope
logs. 6.75-in. gamma ray value was multiplied by to obtain the corrected
gamma ray value in gAPI units.
46
Gamma Ray—LWD
Ray–Wireline
50
GR
45
40
35
20 ppg
30
Correction 18 ppg
subtracted 16 ppg
for 5-wt% 25
potassium 14 ppg
(gAPI)
20
12 ppg
15 10 ppg
9 ppg
8.3 ppg
10
0
8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0
Hole size (in.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to illustrate the potassium correction that is sub- This chart is for illustrative purposes only. The indicated correction
tracted from the borehole-corrected gamma ray from the EcoScope is already applied on the gamma ray log. The chart shows the correc-
6.75-in. Integrated LWD tool. Environmental corrections for mud tion for a typical 5-wt% potassium concentration.
weight, bit size, and potassium are normally already applied to the To determine the correction that was applied to the log output,
gamma ray presented on the field logs. enter the chart with the borehole size on the x-axis and move upward
to intersect the downhole mud weight. From the intersection point
move horizontally left to read the correction curve in gAPI units that
was subtracted from the borehole-corrected data.
47
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart and nomograph are used to calculate the equivalent for- First determine the value of Rmfeq:
mation water resistivity (Rweq) from the static spontaneous potential ■ If Rmf at 75°F is greater than 0.1 ohm-m, correct Rmf
(ESSP) measured in clean formations. The value of Rweq is used in to the formation temperature by using Chart Gen-6,
Chart SP-2 to determine the resistivity of the formation water (Rw). and use Rmfeq = 0.85Rmf.
Rw is used in Archie’s water saturation equation.
■ If Rmf at 75°F is less than 0.1 ohm-m, use Chart SP-2
48
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
Rweq
(ohm-m)
0.001
SP
0.4 0.4
0.5 Rmfeq 0.01
0.6 0.6 (ohm-m)
0.01
0.8 0.8
1 1 0.02 0.02
0.04
0.06
2 2
0.1
0.05
3 0.2
Rmf /Rw 4 4
0.4
5 0.6 0.1
6 6
1
8 8
10 10 2 0.2
4
25 00°C
6
0°
C
20 20
2
10
150
50
Formation 0.5
100
0°F
50°
°C
30 temperature
°C
20
40
C
0°
3
F
0°C
40 40
100
200
0°F
40
°F
°F
50 1.0
60
+50 0 –50 –100 –150 –200
Static spontaneous potential, ESSP (mV) 100
2.0
© Schlumberger
49
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
0.001
500°F
400°F
0.002 300°F
200°F
SP
150°F
0.005
100°F
75°F
0.01
Saturation
0.02
Rweq or Rmfeq
(ohm-m) 0.05
0.1
0.2
500°F
400°
F
0.5 300°
F
200°
F
150
°F
Na
1.0 100
Cl
°
75° F
at
75
F
°F
2.0
0.005 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.0 2 3 4 5
Rw or Rmf (ohm-m)
© Schlumberger
Purpose The dashed lines can also be used for gypsum-base mud filtrates.
This chart is used to convert equivalent water resistivity (Rweq ) from
Chart SP-1 to actual water resistivity (Rw). It can also be used to con- Example
vert the mud filtrate resistivity (Rmf) to the equivalent mud filtrate Given: From Chart SP-1, Rweq = 0.025 ohm-m at 250°F in
resistivity (Rmfeq ) in saline mud. The metric version of this chart is predominantly NaCl water.
Chart SP-3 on page 49. Find: Rw at 250°F.
Answer: Enter the chart at the Rweq value on the y-axis and move
Description
horizontally right to intersect the solid 250°F line. From
The solid lines are used for predominantly NaCl waters. The dashed
the intersection point, move down to find the Rw value
lines are approximations for “average” fresh formation waters (for
on the x-axis. Rw = 0.03 ohm-m at 250°F.
which the effects of salts other than NaCl become significant).
50
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
0.001
250°C
200°C
0.002 150°C
100°C
75°C SP
0.005
50°C
25°C
0.01
Saturation
0.02
Rweq or Rmfeq
(ohm-m) 0.05
0.1
0.2
250°C
200°
C
0.5 150°
C
100°
C
75°C
50°
Na
1.0 C
Cl
at
25°
C
25
°C
2.0
0.005 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.0 2 3 4 5
Rw or Rmf (ohm-m)
© Schlumberger
Purpose (for which the effects of salts other than NaCl become significant).
This chart is the metric version of Chart SP-2 for converting equiva- The dashed lines can also be used for gypsum-base mud filtrates.
lent water resistivity (Rweq) from Chart SP-1 to actual water resistiv-
ity (Rw). It can also be used to convert the mud filtrate resistivity (Rmf) Example
to the equivalent mud filtrate resistivity (Rmfeq) in saline mud. Given: From Chart SP-1, Rweq = 0.025 ohm-m at 121°C in
predominantly NaCl water.
Description Find: Rw at 121°C.
The solid lines are used for predominantly NaCl waters. The dashed
Answer: Rw = 0.03 ohm-m at 121°C.
lines are approximations for “average” fresh formation waters
51
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
52
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
Potential-Wireline
2 10
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 20
20
ESP /ESPcor 50
5
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 50
10 50
100
20 100
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
200 100 200
50
200 500
500 100 Rxo /Rm Rxo /Rm
Rt /Rm Rxo /Rm 200 500
5 20
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 50
50
ESP /ESPcor 10
50 100
0.4 0.4 20 0.4 0.4
100
50 100 200
0.2 200 0.2 0.2 0.2
100 200 500
500 200
Rt /Rm Rxo /Rm Rxo /Rm 500 Rxo /Rm 1,000
1,000 500 1,000
40 30 20 15 10 7.5 5 40 30 20 15 10 7.5 5 40 30 20 15 10 7.5 5 40 30 20 15 10 7.5 5
h/dh h/dh h/dh h/dh
© Schlumberger
53
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
30
SP
30
Ri
30
Rm
30
35
80
35
30
40
5
70
40
1.5
60
ESSP Correction
(%) factor
50 20 2.0
40 50 2.5
3.0
30 100 3.5
4.0
20 5.0
200
70 50 40 30 20 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
Bed thickness, h (ft)
© Schlumberger
Purpose To obtain the correction factor, enter the chart on the x-axis with
This chart is used to provide an empirical correction to the SP for the value of h. Move upward to the appropriate di curve for the range
the effects of invasion and bed thickness. The correction was obtained of Ri /Rm. The correction factor on the y-axis corresponding to the
by averaging a series of thin-bed corrections in Reference 4. The intersection point is multiplied by the SP from the log to obtain the
resulting value of static spontaneous potential (ESSP) can be used corrected SP.
in Chart SP-1.
Description
This chart considers bed thickness (h) as a variable, and the ratio of
the resistivity of the invaded zone to the resistivity of the mud (Ri /Rm)
and the diameter of invasion (di ) as parameters of fixed value. The
borehole diameter is fixed at 8 in. and the tool size at 33⁄8 in.
54
Spontaneous Potential—Wireline
0.7
5
0.7
0.7
Rm
80
5
0.8
0.7
5
0.7
0.8
5
5
8
1.0
70
1.5
60 1.0
ESSP Correction
(%) factor
50 20 2.0
40 2.5
50
3.0
30 3.5
100
4.0
20 5.0
200
20 15 10 5 3 2 1
Bed thickness, h (m)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is the metric version of Chart SP-5 for providing an empir- This chart considers bed thickness (h) as a variable, and R i /Rm and
ical correction to the SP for the effects of invasion and bed thick- di as parameters of fixed value. The borehole diameter is fixed at
ness. The correction was obtained by averaging a series of thin-bed 203 mm and the tool size at 86 mm.
corrections in Reference 4. The resulting value of ESSP can be used
in Chart SP-1.
55
General
Density—Wireline, LWD
Pe φt Porosity Effect on Pe
Matrix ϕt 100% H2O 100% CH4
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
0.00 1.81 1.81
Quartz
0.35 1.54 1.76
0.00 5.08 5.08
Dens
Calcite
0.35 4.23 4.96
0.00 3.14 3.14
Dolomite
0.35 2.66 3.07
Specific — 1.00 0.10
gravity
Water Gas
Quartz Dolomite Calcite
© Schlumberger
Purpose Enter the chart with the total porosity (ϕt) from the log and move
This chart and accompanying table illustrate the effect that porosity, downward to intersect the angled line. From this point move
matrix, formation water, and methane (CH4) have on the recorded to the left and intersect the line representing the appropriate matrix
photoelectric cross section (Pe). material: quartz, dolomite, or calcite minerals. From this intersection
move upward to read the correct Pe.
Description
The table lists the data from which the chart was made. As the
porosity increases the effect is greater for each mineral. Calcite has
the largest effect in the presence of gas or water as the porosity
increases.
56
Density—Wireline, LWD
0.14
Add correction
Salt (NaCI) from y-axis to ρlog
to obtain true
0.12
Sylvite (KCI) bulk density, ρb
0.10
Aluminum
Magnesium
Dens
φ = 40%
0.08
0.06 Dolomite
ρb – ρlog
(g/cm3) Sandstone
Limestone
0.04 Low-pressure gas
An or air in pores
th
ra
cit
0.02 Co e
al φ=0
Bi
Sandstone + water
tu
mi
no
0
us
Gypsum
–0.04
1 2 3
ρlog (g/cm3)
© Schlumberger
Purpose sandstone, limestone, and dolomite with water in the pores. This
This chart is used to determine the true bulk density (ρb) from the shows that there is a slight correction for water-filled formations
“apparent” recorded log value (ρlog). from the log density value.
Description Example
Enter the chart with the log density reading on the x-axis and move Given: Log density = 2.40 g/cm3 in a sandstone formation
upward to intersect the mineral line that best represents the forma- (dry gas).
tion. At this point, move horizontally left to read the value to be added Find: Corrected bulk density.
to the log density. The individual mineral points reflect the log-derived
Answer: Enter the x-axis at 2.4 g/cm3 and move upward to inter-
density and the correction factor to be added or subtracted from the
sect the sandstone line. The correction from the y-axis is
log value to obtain the true density of that mineral.
0.02 g/cm3. The correction value is added to the log den-
The long diagonal lines representing zero porosity at the lower
sity to obtain the true value of the bulk density:
right and 40% porosity at the upper left are for dry gas in the forma
tion. The three points at the lower right of the diagonal lines rep 2.40 + 0.02 = 2.42 g/cm3.
resent zero dry gas in the formation and are the endpoints for
57
Neutron—Wireline
This section contains interpretation charts to cover developments in Using the Neutron Correction Charts
compensated neutron tool (CNT) porosity transforms, environmental For logs labeled NPHI:
corrections, and porosity and lithology determination. 1. Enter Chart Neu-5 with NPHI and caliper reading to convert to
CSU* software (versions CP-30 and later) and MAXIS* software uncorrected neutron porosity.
compute three t hermal porosities: NPHI, TNPH, and NPOR. 2. Enter Charts Neu-1 and Neu-3 to obtain corrections for each
NPHI is the “classic NPHI,” computed from instantaneous near environmental effect. Corrections are summed with the uncor-
and far count rates, using “Mod-8” ratio-to-porosity transform with rected porosity to give a corrected value.
a caliper correction.
TNPH is computed from deadtime-corrected, depth- and 3. Use crossplot Charts Por-11 and Por-12 for porosity and lithology
resolution-matched count rates, using an improved ratio-to-porosity determination.
transform and performing a complete set of environmental corrections For logs labeled TNPH or NPOR, the CSU wellsite surface
in real time. These corrections may be turned on or off by the field instrumentation and MAXIS software have applied environmental
engineer at the wellsite. For more information see Reference 32. corrections as indicated on the log heading. If the CSU and MAXIS
NPOR is computed from the near-detector count rate and TNPH software has applied all corrections, TNPH or NPOR can be used
to give an enhanced resolution porosity. The accuracy of NPOR is directly with the crossplot charts. In this case:
Neu equivalent to the accuracy of TNPH if the environmental effects on 1. Use crossplot Charts Por-11 and Por-12 to determine porosity
the near detector change less rapidly than the formation porosity. and lithology.
For more information on enhanced resolution processing, see
Reference 35.
Cased hole CNT logs are recorded on NPHI, computed from
instantaneous near and far count rates, with a cased hole ratio-to-
porosity transform.
58
Neutron—Wireline
Correction
Example 1 Example 2 Δϕ
Log porosity 32 p.u.
Borehole size 12 in. –2
Mudcake thickness 1
⁄4 in. 0
Borehole salinity 100,000 ppm +1
Mud weight 11 lbm/gal +2
Borehole temperature 150°F +4
Wellbore pressure 5,000 psi –1
Formation salinity 100,000 ppm –3
Standoff (from Chart Neu-3) 1 in. –4
Net environmental correction –1
Backed-out corrected porosity 34 p.u.
Environmentally corrected porosity 33 p.u.
Net correction –3
Backed-out, environmentally corrected porosity 31 p.u.
24
20
Actual borehole size 16
(in.) 12
8 •
4
1.0
Mudcake thickness
(in.) 0.5
0 •
Neu 250
Borehole salinity
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
13
12
Natural 11
10
9
Mud weight
8 •
(lbm/gal) 18
16
Barite 14
12
10
8 •
300
Borehole temperature
(°F)
50 •
25
Pressure
(1,000 × psi)
Water-base mud
Oil-base mud 0 •
250
Limestone
formation salinity
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
• Standard conditions
© Schlumberger
60
Neutron—Wireline
600
500
Actual borehole size 400
(mm) 300
200 •
100
25
Mudcake thickness
12.5
(mm)
0 •
250 Neu
Borehole salinity
(g/kg)
0 •
1.5
Natural
1.0 •
149
121
Borehole temperature 93
(°C) 66
38
10 •
172
Pressure 138
(MPa) 103
Water-base mud 69
Oil-base mud 34
0 •
250
Limestone
formation salinity
(g/kg)
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
• Standard conditions
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is the metric version of Chart Neu-1 for correcting the
compensated neutron tool porosity index.
61
Neutron—Wireline
Purpose Example
Chart Neu-3 is used to determine the porosity change caused by Given: TNPH = 34 p.u., borehole size = 12 in., and
standoff to the uncorrected thermal neutron porosity TNPH from standoff = 0.5 in.
Chart Neu-1. Find: Porosity corrected for standoff.
Description Answer: Draw a vertical line from the uncorrected neutron log
Enter the appropriate borehole size chart at the estimated neutron porosity of 34 p.u. Enter the 12-in. borehole chart at
tool standoff on the y-axis. Move horizontally to intersect the uncor- 0.5-in. standoff and move horizontally right to intersect
rected porosity. At the intersection point, move along the closest the vertical porosity line. From the point of intersection
trend line to the standard conditions line defined by the bullet to move parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the
the right of the chart. This point is the porosity value corrected for standard conditions line (standoff = 0 in.). The standoff-
tool standoff. The difference between the standoff-corrected porosity corrected porosity is 32 p.u. The correction is –2 p.u.
and the uncorrected porosity is the correction itself.
Neu
62
Neutron—Wireline
Actual 0 10 20 30 40 50
borehole size
1
6 in.
0 •
2
8 in. 1
0 •
3
2
10 in.
1
0
Neu
•
4
3
12 in. 2
1
0 •
7
Standoff 6
(in.)
5
18 in. 4
3
2
1
0 •
10
9
8
7
6
24 in.
5
4
3
2
1
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
63
Neutron—Wireline
Actual 0 10 20 30 40 50
borehole size
25
150 mm
0 •
50
200 mm 25
0 •
75
50
250 mm
25
Neu 0 •
100
75
300 mm 50
25
0 •
175
Standoff 150
(mm)
125
450 mm 100
75
50
25
0 •
250
225
200
175
150
600 mm
125
100
75
50
25
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
Purpose
This chart is the metric version of Chart Neu-3 for determining the
porosity change caused by standoff.
64
Neutron—Wireline
–5 0 10 20 30 40 50
24
20
Borehole size 16
(in.) 12
8 •
4
0 10 20 30 40 50
© Schlumberger
Example
Given: NPHI porosity = 12.5% and borehole size = 16 in.
Find: Porosity correction for nonstandard borehole size.
Answer: Enter the chart with the uncorrected porosity value
of 12.5 at the scale at the top. Move down vertically
to intersect the standard conditions line indicated by
the bullet to the right. Enter the chart on the y-axis with
the actual borehole size at the zone of interest and move
horizontally right across the chart.
65
Neutron—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used to further correct the environmentally corrected Given: Corrected TNPH from Chart Neu-1 = 38 p.u., Σ of the
TNPH porosity from Chart Neu-1 for the effect of the total forma- sandstone formation = 33 c.u., and formation salinity =
tion capture cross section, or sigma (Σ), of the formation of inter- 150,000 ppm (indicating a freshwater formation).
est. This correction is applied after all environmental corrections Find: TNPH porosity corrected with Chart Neu-1 and for Σ of
determined with Chart Neu-1 have been applied. the formation.
Description Answer: Enter the appropriate chart with the Σ value on the y-axis
Enter the chart with Σ for the appropriate formation along the y-axis and the corrected TNPH value on the x-axis. At the inter-
and the corrected TNPH porosity along the x-axis. Where the lines section of the sigma and porosity lines, parallel the clos-
drawn from these points intersect, move parallel to the closest trend est trend line to intersect the freshwater line. (If the
line to intersect the appropriate fresh- or saltwater line to read the water in the formation is salty, the 250,000-ppm line
corrected porosity. should be used.)
The chart at the bottom of the page is used to correct the Σ- Move straight down from the intersection point to the
corrected porosity for salt displacement if the formation Σ is due to formation salinity chart at the bottom.
Neu salinity. However, this correction is not made if the borehole salinity From the point where the straight line intersects the top
correction from Chart Neu-1 has been applied. of the salinity correction chart, parallel the closest trend
line to intersect the formation salinity line.
Draw a vertical line to the bottom scale to read the cor-
rected formation sigma TNPH porosity, which is 35 p.u.
66
Neutron—Wireline
70
60
Sandstone formation 50
Formation Σ (c.u.)
40
30
20
Fresh water Neu
250,000-ppm water 10
0
70
60
Limestone formation 50
Formation Σ (c.u.)
40
30
20
Fresh water
250,000-ppm water 10
0
70
60
Dolomite formation 50
Formation Σ (c.u.)
40
30
20
Fresh water
250,000-ppm water 10
0
0
Formation salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
250
0 10 20 30 40 50
© Schlumberger
67
Neutron—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used to further correct the environmentally corrected Given: Corrected TNPH from Chart Neu-1 = 38 p.u., sandstone
TNPH porosity from Chart Neu-1 for the effect of the mineral sigma formation Σ = 35 c.u., and formation salinity =
(Σ). This correction is applied after all environmental corrections 150,000 ppm (indicating a freshwater formation).
determined with Chart Neu-1 have been applied. Find: TNPH porosity corrected with Chart Neu-1 and for the
mineral Σ.
Description
Enter the chart for the formation type with the mineral Σ value along Answer: At the intersection of the Σ and porosity value lines
the y-axis and the Chart Neu-1 corrected TNPH porosity along the move parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the
x-axis. Where lines drawn from these points intersect, move parallel to freshwater line. Move straight down to intersect the bot-
the closest trend line to intersect the freshwater line to read the tom prosity scale to read the TNPH porosity corrected
corrected porosity on the scale at the bottom. The choice of chart for mineral Σ, which is 33 p.u.
depends on the type of mineral in the formation.
Neu
68
Neutron—Wireline
70
60
50
40
Sandstone formation
Mineral Σ (c.u.) 30
Neu
20
10
Fresh water
0
70
60
50
40
Limestone formation
Mineral Σ (c.u.) 30
20
10 Fresh water
0
70
60
50
40
Dolomite formation
Mineral Σ (c.u.) 30
20
10
Fresh water
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
© Schlumberger
69
Neutron—Wireline
General
Purpose Example
This chart is used to correct the environmentally corrected TNPH Given: Corrected TNPH from Chart Neu-1 = 30 p.u. (without
porosity from Chart Neu-1 for the effect of the fluid sigma (Σ) in borehole salinity correction), fluid Σ = 80 c.u., fluid
the formation. This correction is applied after all environmental salinity = 150,000 ppm, and sandstone formation.
corrections determined with Chart Neu-1 have been applied. Find: TNPH corrected with Chart Neu-1 and for fluid Σ.
Description Answer: At the intersection of the fluid Σ and Chart Neu-1
Enter the appropriate formation chart with the formation fluid Σ corrected TNPH porosity (30-p.u.) line, move parallel
value on the y-axis and the Chart Neu-1 corrected TNPH porosity on to the closest trend line to intersect the freshwater line.
the x-axis. Where the lines drawn from these points intersect, move From that point go straight down to the formation salinity
parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the appropriate fresh- correction chart at the bottom.
or saltwater line. If the borehole salinity correction from Chart Neu-1 Move parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the
has not been applied, from this point extend a line down to intersect formation salinity line (150,000 ppm), and then draw a
the formation salinity chart at the bottom. Move parallel to the vertical line to the bottom scale to read the corrected
closest trend line to intersect the formation salinity line. Move TNPH value (26 p.u.).
Neu straight down to read the corrected porosity on the scale below
the chart.
70
Neutron—Wireline
160
140
Sandstone formation
Fluid Σ (c.u.) 120
100
80
Fresh water 60
250,000-ppm water 40 Neu
20
160
140
Limestone formation
Fluid Σ (c.u.) 120
100
80
Fresh water 60
250,000-ppm water 40
20
160
140
Dolomite formation
Fluid Σ (c.u.) 120
100
80
Fresh water 60
250,000-ppm water 40
20
0
Formation salinity
(1,000 × ppm)
250
0 10 20 30 40 50
© Schlumberger
71
Neutron—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used to obtain the correct porosity from the neutron Given: Log porosity index = 27%, borehole diameter = 11 in.,
porosity index logged with the compensated neutron tool in casing, casing thickness = 0.304 in., and cement thickness =
where the effects of the borehole size, casing thickness, and cement 1.62 in.
sheath thickness influence the true value of formation porosity. Cement thickness is defined as the annular space
between the outside wall of the casing and the borehole
Description
wall. The value is determined by subtracting the casing
Enter the scale at the top of the chart with a whole-number (not
outside diameter from the borehole diameter and divid-
fractional) porosity value. Draw a straight line vertically through
ing by 2.
the three charts representing borehole size, casing thickness, and
cement thickness. Draw a horizontal line on each chart from the Find: Porosity corrected for borehole size, casing thickness,
appropriate value on the y-axis. At the intersection point of the verti- and cement thickness.
cal line and the horizontal line on each chart proceed to the blue Answer: Draw a vertical line (shown in red) though the three
dashed horizontal line by following the slope of the blue solid lines charts at 27 p.u.
on each chart. At that point read the change in porosity index. The Borehole-diameter correction chart: From the intersec-
Neu cumulative change in porosity is added to the logged porosity to obtain tion of the vertical line and the 11-in. borehole-diameter
the corrected value. As can be seen, the major influences to the casing- line (shown in red dashes) move upward along the
derived porosity are the borehole size and the cement thickness. The curved blue line as shown on the chart.
same procedure applies to the metric chart.
The porosity is reduced to 26% by –1 p.u.
The blue dashed lines represent the standard conditions from
which the charts were developed: 8 3⁄4-in. open hole, 51⁄ 2-in. 17-lbm Casing thickness chart: The porosity index is changed
casing, and 1.62-in. annular cement thickness. by 0.3 p.u.
The neutron porosity equivalence nomographs at the bottom are Cement thickness chart: The porosity index is changed
used to convert from the log standard of limestone porosity to poros- by 0.5 p.u.
ity for other matrix materials. The resulting corrected porosity for borehole, casing,
The porosity value corrected with Chart Neu-9 is entered into and cement is 27 – 1 + 0.3 + 0.5 = 26.8 p.u.
Chart Neu-1 to provide environmental corrections necessary for
determining the correct cased hole porosity value.
72
Neutron—Wireline
Customary
0 10 20 30 40 50
Neutron log porosity index
(p.u.) 4
6
Diameter of borehole 8 3
before running casing 10 8 ⁄4 in. •
(in.) 12
14
Casing thickness (in.) 16
9.5 0.2 –1.0
11.6 14
13.5 20 29 0.3
Casing
weight
15.1
17
20 26
0.304 in. •
(lbm/ft) 23 40 0.4
32 47
0.5
41⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 7 95⁄8 +0.3 Neu
OD (in.) 0
Cement thickness 1
(in.) 2 1.62 in. •
3
+0.5
Borehole, casing, and cement correction = –1.0 + 0.3 + 0.5
Metric
0 10 20 30 40 50
Neutron log porosity index
(p.u.) 100
Diameter of borehole 200
before running casing 222 mm •
(mm) 300
Cement thickness 25
(mm) 50 41 mm •
75
0 10 20 30 40 50
Purpose Example
The Neu-10 charts pair is used to correct the APS Accelerator Porosity Given: APS neutron APLU uncorrected porosity = 34 p.u.,
Sonde apparent limestone porosity for mud weight and actual bore mud weight = 10 lbm/gal, and borehole size = 12 in.
hole size. The charts are for the near-to-array and near-to-far poros Find: Corrected APLU porosity.
ity measurements. The design of the APS sonde resulted in a
Answer: Draw a vertical line on the APLU mud weight chart from
significant reduction in environmental correction. The answer deter-
34 p.u. on the scale above. At the intersection with the
mined with this chart is used in conjunction with the correction
10-lbm/gal mud weight line, move parallel to the trend
from Chart Neu-11.
line to intersect the standard conditions line. This point
Description represents a change in porosity of –0.75 p.u.
Enter the appropriate chart pair (mud weight and actual borehole On the actual borehole size chart, move parallel to the
size) for the APS near-to-array apparent limestone porosity (APLU) closest trend line from the intersection of the 34-p.u.
or APS near-to-far apparent limestone porosity (FPLU) with the line and the actual borehole size (12 in.) to intersect
uncorrected porosity from the APS log by drawing a straight vertical the 8-in. standard conditions line. This point represents
line (shown in red) through both of the charts. At the intersection a change in porosity of –1.0 p.u.
Neu with the mud weight value, move parallel to the closest trend line to The total correction is –0.75 + –1.0 = –1.75 p.u.,
intersect the standard conditions line. This point represents a change which results in a corrected APLU porosity of
in porosity resulting from the correction for mud weight. Follow the 34 – 1.75 = 32.25 p.u.
same procedure for the borehole size chart to determine that correc-
tion change. Because the borehole size correction has a dependency
on mud weight, even with natural muds, there are two sets of curves
on the borehole size chart—solid for light muds (8.345 lbm/gal) and
dashed for heavy muds (16 lbm/gal). Intermediate mud weights are
interpolated. The two differences are summed for the total correc-
tion to the APS log value.
This answer is used in Chart Neu-11 to complete the environ-
mental corrections for corrected APLU or FPLU porosity.
74
Neutron—Wireline
0 10 20 30 40 50
18
16 2.0
1.8
Mud weight 14 1.6
12 1.4 (g/cm3)
(lbm/gal)
10 1.2
8 1.0 •
16 400
14 350 Neu
Actual 12 300
borehole size 10 250 (mm)
(in.) 8 200 •
6
0 10 20 30 40 50
• Standard conditions
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
75
Neutron—Wireline
12
Pressure
11
(psi) (MPa)
0 0 10
2,500
5,000 34 9
7,500
10,000 69 8
12,500
15,000 103
7
Apparent
17,500 6 porosity
20,000 138
5 correction
4 (p.u.)
3
Neu 2
1
0
–1
(°F) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 50 150 250 50 30 10 0
(°C) 10 38 66 93 121 149 177 Formation porosity
Formation salinity
Formation temperature (p.u.)
(ppt or g/kg)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used to complete the environmental correction for Given: APLU or FPLU porosity = 34 p.u., formation tempera-
APLU and FPLU porosities from the APS log. ture = 150°F, formation pressure = 5,000 psi, and for-
mation salinity = 150,000 ppm.
Description
Enter the left-hand chart on the x-axis with the temperature of the Find: Environmentally corrected APLU or FPLU porosity.
formation of interest. Move vertically to intersect the appropriate Answer: Enter the formation temperature chart at 150°F to inter-
formation pressure line. From that point, move horizontally right to sect the 5,000-psi curve. From that point move horizon-
intersect the left edge of the formation salinity chart. Move parallel tally right to intersect the left edge of the formation
to the trend lines to intersect the formation salinity value. From that salinity chart. Move parallel to the trend lines to inter-
point move horizontally to intersect the left edge of the formation sect the formation temperature of 150°F. At this point,
porosity chart. Move parallel to the trend lines to intersect the again move horizontally to the left edge of the next
uncorrected APLU or FPLU porosity. At that intersection, move chart. Move parallel to the trend lines to intersect the
horizontally right to read the apparent porosity correction. 34-p.u. porosity line. At that point on the y-axis, the
change in porosity is +1.6 p.u.
The total correction for a corrected APLU or FPLU
from Charts Neu-10 and Neu-11 is
34 + (–0.75 + –1) + 1.6 = 33.85 p.u.
76
Neutron—LWD
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine one of several environmental Given: Barite mud weight = 14 lbm/gal, mud temperature = 150°F,
corrections for neutron porosity values recorded with the CDN and hydrostatic mud pressure = 5,000 psi.
Compensated Density Neutron, adnVISION Azimuthal Density Find: Hydrogen index of the drilling mud.
Neutron, and EcoScope Integrated LWD tools. The value of hydrogen
Answer: Enter the bottom chart for mud weight at 14 lbm/gal on
index (Hm) is used in the following porosity correction charts.
the y-axis. Move horizontally to intersect the barite line.
Description Move vertically to the bottom of the mud temperature
To determine the Hm of the drilling mud, the mud weight, tempera- chart and move upward parallel to the closest trend line
ture, and hydrostatic mud pressure at the zone of interest must to intersect the formation temperature. From the inter-
be known. section point move vertically to the bottom of the mud
pressure chart.
Move parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the
formation pressure. Draw a line vertically to intersect
the mud hydrogen index scale and read the result.
Neu
Mud hydrogen index = 0.78.
77
Neutron—LWD
25
20
Mud
pressure
(1,000 × psi) 10
Neu
300
Mud 200
temperature
(°F)
100
50
16
14
Mud
weight 12 Barite
(lbm/gal)
10
Bentonite
8
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
78
Neutron—LWD
Purpose Example
This is one of a series of charts used to correct adnVISION475 Given: adnVISION475 uncorrected porosity = 34 p.u., borehole
4.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron tool porosity for several environ- size = 10 in., mud temperature = 150°F, hydrogen
mental effects by using the mud hydrogen index (Hm) determined index = 0.78, borehole salinity = 100,000 ppm, and forma-
from Chart Neu-30 in conjunction with the parameters on the chart. tion salinity = 100,000 ppm.
Find: Corrected adnVISION475 porosity.
Description
This chart incorporates the parameters of borehole size, mud tem- Answer: From the adnVISION475 porosity of 34 p.u. on the top
perature, mud hydrogen index (from Chart Neu-30), mud salinity, scale, enter the borehole size chart to intersect the bore-
and formation salinity for the correction of adnVISION475 porosity. hole size of 10 in. From the point of intersection move
The following charts are used with the same interpretation parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the stan-
procedure as Chart Neu-31. The charts differ for tool size and dard conditions line.
borehole size. From this intersection point move straight down to
enter the mud temperature chart and intersect the mud
temperature of 150°F. From the point of intersection
move parallel to the closest trend line to intersect the Neu
standard conditions line.
Continue this pattern through the charts to read the
corrected porosity from the scale at the bottom of the
charts.
The corrected adnVISION475 porosity is 17 p.u.
79
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
10
Borehole
size 8
(in.)
6 •
300
Mud
temperature 200
Neu (°F)
100
•
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
200
Mud
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
200
Formation
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
• Standard conditions
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
80
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
300
Mud
200
temperature
(°F)
100
Neu
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
200
Formation
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to correct Enter the top scale with the BIP neutron porosity (BNPH) to incor-
adnVISION475 borehole-invariant porosity (BIP) measurements. porate corrections for mud temperature, mud hydrogen index, and
mud and formation salinity.
81
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
10
Borehole
size 8
(in.)
6 •
300
Mud
temperature 200
Neu (°F)
100
•
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
200
Mud
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
200
Formation
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
• Standard conditions
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to correct
adnVISION475 porosity.
82
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
300
Mud 200
temperature
(°F)
100
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen Neu
index, Hm 0.9
1.0
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
200
Formation
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-32 to correct
adnVISION475 borehole-invariant porosity (BIP) measurements.
83
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
16
14
Borehole
size 12
(in.)
10
8 •
300
Neu
Mud 200
temperature
(°F)
100
50 •
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
250
200
Mud
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
250
200
Formation
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger • Standard conditions
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to correct adnVISION675
porosity.
84
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
300
Mud 200
temperature
(°F)
100
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9 Neu
1.0
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
200
Formation
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-32 to correct
adnVISION675 borehole-invariant porosity (BIP) measurements.
85
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
16
14
Borehole
size 12
(in.)
10
8 •
300
Neu
Mud 200
temperature
(°F)
100
50 •
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
250
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 •
250
200
Formation
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger • Standard conditions
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to correct
adnVISION675 porosity.
86
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
300
Mud 200
temperature
(°F)
100
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9 Neu
1.0
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
200
Formation
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-32 to correct
adnVISION675 borehole-invariant porosity (BIP) measurements.
87
Neutron—LWD
0 10 20 30 40 50
1.5
1.0
Standoff
(in.) 0.5
0 •
16
Borehole 14
Neu size
(°F)
12 •
10
300
Mud 200
temperature
(°F) 100
•
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1 •
20
Pressure 10
(1,000 × psi)
0 •
200
Mud
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
200
Formation
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
• Standard conditions
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to correct
adnVISION825 porosity.
88
Neutron—LWD
18
Borehole 16
size
(in.) 14
12 •
350
300
Mud Neu
temperature 200
(°F)
100
50 •
0.7
Mud 0.8
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
250
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 •
250
200
Formation
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to correct
CDN Compensated Density Neutron tool and adnVISION825s
Azimuthal Density Neutron porosity.
89
Neutron—LWD
18 A
16
Borehole
size
(in.) 14 B
12 •
C
350
Neu 300
Mud
temperature 200
(°F)
D
100
50 •
E
0.7
F
0.8
Mud
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
G
250
200
Mud
salinity H
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 I
•
250
200
Formation
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
J
0 •
K
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
• Standard conditions
90
Neutron—LWD
18
16
Borehole
size
(in.) 14
12 •
350
300 Neu
Mud
temperature 200
(°F)
100
50 •
0.7
0.8
Mud
hydrogen
index, Hm 0.9
1.0 •
250
200
Mud
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 •
250
200
Formation
salinity
(1,000 × ppm) 100
0 •
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger • Standard conditions
© Schlumberger
91
Neutron—LWD
Purpose Enter the charts with the uncorrected neutron porosity data.
Charts Neu-43 through Neu-46 show the environmental corrections Charts Neu-43 and Neu-44 are for use with BPHI_UNC, and Charts
that are applied to EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool neutron Neu-45 and Neu-46 are for use with TNPH_UNC. Because the bore-
porosity measurements. These charts can be used to estimate the hole size correction is applied to the field logs, including the _UNC
correction that is normally already applied to the field logs. channels, do not include the borehole size correction, which is in the
charts for illustrative purposes only.
Description A correction for eccentricity effects is normally also applied to
The charts incorporate the parameters of borehole size, mud tem- the field BPHI measurement. Because this correction is not included
perature, mud hydrogen index (from Chart Neu-30), mud salinity, in these charts, there may be a small difference between the correc-
and formation salinity for the correction of EcoScope 6.75-in. tion estimated from the charts and that actually applied to the field
neutron porosity. data, depending on the tool position in the borehole.
Select the appropriate chart based on both the hole size and The charts are used with a similar procedure to that described for
the measurement type: thermal neutron porosity (TNPH) or best Chart Neu-31.
thermal neutron porosity (BPHI).
Neu
92
Neutron—LWD
EcoScope uncorrected BPHI porosity (apparent limestone porosity in p.u.) in 8.5-in. borehole
0 10 20 30 40 50
14
13
12
Borehole
size 11
(in.) 10
9
8 •
260
210
Temperature Neu
(°F) 160
110
60 •
0.70
0.75
0.80
Mud
hydrogen 0.85
index, Hm 0.90
0.95
1.00
•
250
200
Mud 150
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0 •
250
200
Formation 150
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0
•
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
Purpose Use this chart only with EcoScope BPHI neutron porosity; use
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to estimate the correc- Chart Neu-45 with EcoScope thermal neutron porosity (TNPH)
tion applied to EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool best thermal measurements.
neutron porosity (BPHI) measurements.
93
Neutron—LWD
EcoScope uncorrected BPHI porosity (apparent limestone porosity in p.u.) in 9.5-in. borehole
0 10 20 30 40 50
14
13
12
Borehole
size 11
(in.) 10
9
8 •
260
210
Neu Temperature
(°F) 160
110
60 •
0.70
0.75
0.80
Mud
hydrogen 0.85
index, Hm 0.90
0.95
1.00
•
250
200
Mud 150
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0 •
250
200
Formation 150
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0
•
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
Purpose Use this chart only with EcoScope BPHI neutron porosity; use
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to estimate the correc- Chart Neu-46 with EcoScope thermal neutron porosity (TNPH)
tion applied to EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool best thermal measurements.
neutron porosity (BPHI) measurements.
94
Neutron—LWD
EcoScope uncorrected TNPH porosity (apparent limestone porosity in p.u.) in 8.5-in. borehole
0 10 20 30 40 50
14
13
12
Borehole
size 11
(in.) 10
9
8 •
260
210
Temperature Neu
(°F) 160
110
60 •
0.70
0.75
0.80
Mud
hydrogen 0.85
index, Hm 0.90
0.95
1.00
•
250
200
Mud 150
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0 •
250
200
Formation 150
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0
•
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
Purpose Use this chart only with EcoScope TNPH measurements. Use
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to estimate the correc- Chart Neu-43 with EcoScope best thermal neutron porosity (BPHI)
tion applied to EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool thermal neu- measurements.
tron porosity (TNPH) measurements.
95
Neutron—LWD
EcoScope uncorrected TNPH porosity (apparent limestone porosity in p.u.) in 9.5-in. borehole
0 10 20 30 40 50
14
13
12
Borehole
size 11
(in.) 10
9
8 •
260
210
Neu Temperature
(°F) 160
110
60 •
0.70
0.75
0.80
Mud
hydrogen 0.85
index, Hm 0.90
0.95
1.00
•
250
200
Mud 150
salinity
100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0 •
250
200
Formation 150
salinity 100
(1,000 × ppm)
50
0
•
0 10 20 30 40 50
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
Purpose Use this chart only with EcoScope TNPH neutron porosity; use
This chart is used similarly to Chart Neu-31 to estimate the correc- Chart Neu-44 with EcoScope best thermal neutron porosity (BPHI)
tion applied to EcoScope 6.75-in. Integrated LWD Tool thermal neu- measurements.
tron porosity (TNPH) measurements.
96
Neutron—LWD
Moments
sigma
transform
50
40
30
Porosity
Neu (p.u.)
20
10
0
11
10
Borehole
size (in.)
9 Mud salinity
0 ppm
50,000 ppm
100,000 ppm
150,000 ppm
200,000 ppm
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger • Standard conditions
98
General Magnetic Resonance–—Wireline
Nuclear
CMR* Tool
CMR-1
Hydrocarbon Effect on NMR/Density Porosity Ratio
1.0
ρh = 0.8
0.7
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.6
φtCMR
0.4
φD
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0 NMR
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
1 – Sxo
Fresh Mud and Dry Gas at 700 psi Fresh Mud and Dry Gas at 700 psi
ρma = 2.65, ρf = 1, If = 1, ρgas = 0.25, ρma = 2.71, ρf = 1, If = 1, ρgas = 0.25,
PT = 4, T1 gas = 4, IH = 0.5 PT = 4, T1 gas = 4, Igas = 0.5
1.4 1.4
0% 0%
20% Porosity = 50 p.u. Porosity = 50 p.u.
1.6 1.6 20%
40% 40%
60%
1.8 40 p.u. 1.8 40 p.u. 60%
80% 80%
Gas Gas
2.0 30 p.u. ρb 2.0 30 p.u.
ρb Sxo = 100% Sxo = 100%
(g/cm3)
(g/cm3) 2.2 20 p.u. 2.2 20 p.u.
Water
2.4 2.4 Water
10 p.u. 10 p.u.
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
2.6 2.6
0
0
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
φtCMR φtCMR
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose density value. The bottom charts are used to determine the Sxo value
This chart is used to determine the saturation of the flushed zone in sandstone (left) and limestone (right).
(Sxo) and hydrocarbon density (ρh) by using density (ρ) and CMR
Combinable Magnetic Resonance data. Example
Given: CMR porosity = 25 p.u., ϕD = 30 p.u., and Sxo = 80%.
Description Find: Hydrocarbon density of the fluid in the formation.
The top chart has three components: ratio of total CMR porosity
Answer: ϕtCMR/ϕD ratio = 25/30 = 0.83.
to density porosity (ϕtCMR/ϕD) on the y-axis, (1 – Sxo) values on the
x-axis, and ρh defined by the radiating lines from the value of unity 1 – Sxo = 1 – 0.8 = 0.20 or 20%.
on the y-axis. Enter the chart with the values for (1 – Sxo) and the For these values, ρh = 0.40.
ϕtCMR /ϕD ratio. The intersection point indicates the hydrocarbon
99
This page intentionally left blank.
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
6
Rt /Ra 1.0 8
10
12
Hole diameter (in.)
0.5
1 10 100 1,000 10,000
Ra /Rm
RLl
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used to environmentally correct the ARI Azimuthal Given: ARI LLhr resistivity (Ra) = 20 ohm-m, mud resistivity
Resistivity Imager high-resolution resistivity (LLhr) curve for the (Rm) = 0.02 ohm-m, and borehole size at the zone of
effect of borehole size. interest = 10 in.
Find: True resistivity (Rt).
Description
For a known value of resistivity of the borehole mud (Rm) at the zone Answer: Enter the chart at the x-axis with the ratio Ra /Rm =
of interest, a correction for the recorded log azimuthal resistivity (Ra) 20/0.02 = 1,000.
is determined by using this chart. The resistivity measured by the Move vertically upward to intersect the 10-in. line. Move
ARI tool is equal to or higher than the corrected resistivity (Rt) for horizontally left to read the Rt /Ra value on the y-axis
borehole sizes of 8 to 12 in. However, the measured ARI resistivity of 0.86.
is lower than Rt in 6-in. boreholes and for values of Ra / Rm between Multiply the ratio by Ra to obtain the corrected LLhr
6 and 600. resistivity:
Rt = 0.86 × 20 = 17.2 ohm-m.
101
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
0.8
0.7
0.6
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLD/Rm
RLl
Borehole Effect, HLLD Tool Centered (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
1.5
dh
6 in.
1.3 8 in.
10 in.
12 in.
14 in.
1.1 16 in.
18 in.
R t /HLLD 20 in.
0.9
0.7
0.5
100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLD/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose RLl-3 through RLl-14 are similar to Chart RLl-2 for different resistivity
This chart is used to correct the HALS laterolog deep resistivity measurements and values of tool standoff.
(HLLD) for borehole and drilling mud effects.
Example
Description Given: HLLD = 100 ohm-m, Rm = 0.02 ohm-m at formation
Enter the chart on the x-axis with the value of HLLD divided by temperature, and borehole size = 10 in.
the mud resistivity (Rm) at formation temperature. Move upward Find: Rt.
to intersect the curve representing the borehole diameter (dh), and
Answer: Ratio of HLLD/Rm = 100/0.02 = 5,000.
then move horizontally left to read the value of the ratio Rt /HLLD on
the y-axis. Multiply this value by the HLLD value to obtain Rt. Charts Rt = 0.80 × 100 = 80 ohm-m.
102
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
1.0
0.5
0
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLS/Rm
RLl
Borehole Effect, HLLS Tool Centered (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
3.0
dh
6 in.
2.5 8 in.
10 in.
12 in.
2.0 14 in.
16 in.
18 in.
R t /HLLS 1.5
20 in.
1.0
0.5
0
10 0 101 102 103 104 105
HLLS/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct HALS laterolog
shallow resistivity (HLLS) for borehole and drilling mud effects.
103
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
0.6
0.5
0.4
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HRLD/Rm
RLl
Borehole Effect, HRLD Tool Centered (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
1.4
dh
6 in.
1.2 8 in.
10 in.
12 in.
14 in.
1.0 16 in.
18 in.
Rt /HRLD 20 in.
0.8
0.6
0.4
10 0 101 102 103 104 105
HRLD/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct the HALS
high-resolution deep resistivity (HRLD) for borehole and drilling
mud effects.
104
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
1.0
0.5
0
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HRLS/Rm
RLl
Borehole Effect, HRLS Tool Centered (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
3.0
dh
6 in.
2.5 8 in.
10 in.
12 in.
2.0 14 in.
16 in.
Rt /HRLS 18 in.
1.5 20 in.
1.0
0.5
0
10 0 101 102 103 104 105
HRLS/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct the HALS
high-resolution shallow resistivity (HRLS) for borehole and drilling
mud effects.
105
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
0.8
0.7
0.6
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLD/Rm
RLl
HLLD Tool Eccentered at Standoff = 1.5 in. (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
1.2
dh
8 in.
1.1 10 in.
12 in.
14 in.
1.0 16 in.
Rt /HLLD
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLD/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct the HALS
laterolog deep resistivity (HLLD) for borehole and drilling mud effects
at 0.5- and 1.5-in. standoffs.
106
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
1.0
0.5
0
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLS/Rm
RLl
HLLS Tool Eccentered at Standoff = 1.5 in. (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
3.0
dh
8 in.
2.5 10 in.
12 in.
14 in.
2.0 16 in.
Rt /HLLS 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HLLS/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct the HALS
laterolog shallow resistivity (HLLS) for borehole and drilling
mud effects at 0.5- and 1.5-in. standoffs.
107
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
0.6
0.5
0.4
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HRLD/Rm
RLl
HRLD Tool Eccentered at Standoff = 1.5 in. (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
1.1
dh
1.0 8 in.
10 in.
12 in.
0.9 14 in.
16 in.
0.8
Rt /HRLD
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HRLD/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct the HALS
high-resolution deep resistivity (HRLD) for borehole and drilling
mud effects at 0.5- and 1.5-in. standoffs.
108
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
1.0
0.5
0
10–1 100 10 1 102 103 104 105
HRLS/Rm
RLl
HRLS Tool Eccentered Standoff = 1.5 in. (Rm = 0.1 ohm-m)
3.0
dh
8 in.
2.5 10 in.
12 in.
14 in.
2.0 16 in.
Rt /HRLS
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
HRLS/Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to similarly to Chart RLl-2 to correct the HALS
high-resolution shallow resistivity (HRLS) for borehole and drilling
mud effects at 0.5- and 1.5-in. standoffs.
109
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
Tool Centered
3.0
2.5
2.0
Rt /RLA1 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 10 0 101 10 2 103 10 4 10 5 10 6
RLA1/Rm
2.5
RLl
2.0
Rt /RLA1 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6
RLA1/Rm
0
10 –1 100 101 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger RLA1/Rm
Tool Centered
3.0
2.5
2.0
Rt /RLA2 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA2/Rm
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA2/Rm
Standoff = 1.5 in.
3.0
2.5
2.0
Rt /RLA2 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger RLA2/Rm
Tool Centered
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
Rt /RLA3
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA3/Rm
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA3/Rm
2.5
2.0
1.5
Rt /RLA3
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
*Mark of Schlumberger RLA3/Rm
© Schlumberger
Tool Centered
3.0
2.5
2.0
Rt /RLA4 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA4/Rm
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA4/Rm
2.5
2.0
Rt /RLA4 1.5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
*Mark of Schlumberger RLA4/Rm
© Schlumberger
Tool Centered
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
Rt /RLA5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA5/Rm
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
RLA5/Rm
2.5
2.0
1.5
Rt /RLA5
1.0
0.5
0
10 –1 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
*Mark of Schlumberger RLA5/Rm
© Schlumberger
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
Rt/Ra
0.8
0.7
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
Rt/Ra
0.8
0.7
Purpose intersect the appropriate bit size. Move horizontally left to intersect
This chart is used to derive the borehole correction for the GeoSteering the correction factor on the y-axis. Multiply the correction factor by
bit-measured resistivity. The bit resistivity corrected to the true the Ra value to obtain Rt. Charts RLl-21, RLl-23, and RLl-24 are simi-
resistivity (Rt) is then used in the calculation of water saturation. lar to Chart RLl-20 for different tools and bit sizes.
Chart RLl-22 differs in that it is for reaming-down mode as
Description opposed to drilling mode.
Enter the chart on the x-axis with the ratio of the bit resistivity and
mud resistivity (Ra /Rm) at formation temperature. Move upward to
115
Resistivity Galvanic—Drillpipe
Laterolog–LWD
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
Rt /Ra
0.8
0.7
1.1
1.0
0.9
Rt /Ra
0.8
0.7
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-20 to derive the borehole
correction for the GeoSteering bit-measured arcVISION675
resistivity.
116
Resistivity Laterolog—LWD
1.5
1.4
Bit
1.3
1.2
1.1
Rt /Ra 1.0
arcVISION* tool
0.9
0.8
0.7
RLl
0.6
0.5
10–2 10–1 100 101 102 103 104 105
Ra /Rm
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-20 to derive the borehole
correction for the GeoSteering bit-measured resistivity while ream-
ing down.
117
Resistivity Laterolog—LWD
Ring Resistivity (with 81⁄2-in. bit) Deep Button Resistivity (with 81⁄2-in. bit)
2 2
Borehole diameter (in.) Borehole diameter (in.)
18
15
16 14
15 13
Rt/Ra Rt /Ra
14
12
13
12 11
10 10
1 8.5 1 8.5
100 101 102 103 104 105 100 101 102 103 104 105
Ra /Rm Ra /Rm
Medium Button Resistivity (with 81⁄2-in. bit) Shallow Button Resistivity (with 81⁄2-in. bit)
2 2
Borehole diameter (in.) Borehole diameter (in.)
13
12
RLl 10
11 9.5
Rt/Ra Rt /Ra
10.5
9.25
9.5 9
1 8.5 1 8.5
100 101 102 103 104 105 100 101 102 103 104 105
Ra /Rm Ra /Rm
Bit Resistivity (with 81⁄2-in. bit) Bit Resistivity (with 81⁄2-in. bit)
ROP to Bit Face = 4 ft ROP to Bit Face = 35 ft
2 2
Borehole diameter (in.) Borehole diameter (in.)
22
20
22
18
Rt/Ra Rt/Ra 20
16
18
14
16
12 14
10 12
1 10
1 8.5 8.5
100 101 102 103 104 105 100 101 102 103 104 105
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Ra /Rm Ra /Rm
Purpose sub of the geoVISION 6.75-in. tool. The bottom row of charts
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-20 to derive the borehole specifies the bit readout point (ROP) to the bit face.
correction for the bit-measured resistivity from the GVR* resistivity
118
Resistivity Laterolog—LWD
Ring Resistivity (with 121⁄4-in. bit) Deep Button Resistivity (with 121⁄4-in. bit)
2 2
Borehole diameter (in.) Borehole diameter (in.)
22
20 20
19
Rt/Ra 19 Rt /Ra 18
17
18 16
17 15
1 16 1 14
12.25 12.25
100 101 102 103 104 105 100 101 102 103 104 105
Ra /Rm Ra /Rm
Medium Button Resistivity (with 121⁄4-in. bit) Shallow Button Resistivity (with 121⁄4-in. bit)
2 2
Borehole diameter (in.) Borehole diameter (in.)
RLl
17 14
16 13.5
Rt/Ra Rt/Ra
15
13
14 12.75
1 13.5 1
12.25 12.25
100 101 102 103 104 105 100 101 102 103 104 105
Ra /Rm Ra /Rm
Bit Resistivity (with 121⁄4-in. bit) Bit Resistivity (with 121⁄4-in. bit)
ROP to Bit Face = 4 ft ROP to Bit Face = 35 ft
2 2
Borehole diameter (in.) Borehole diameter (in.)
26
24 26
Rt/Ra 22 Rt/Ra
24
20 22
18 20
16 18
14 16 14
1 12.25 1 12.25
100 101 102 103 104 105 100 101 102 103 104 105
*Mark of Schlumberger Ra /Rm Ra /Rm
© Schlumberger
Purpose sub of the geoVISION 8.25-in. tool. The bottom row of charts
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-20 to derive the borehole specifies the bit readout point (ROP) to the bit face.
correction for the bit-measured resistivity from the GVR* resistivity
119
RGal-25.EPS
Resistivity Laterlog—LWD
600
10 ohm-m/4° BUR
100 ohm-m/4° BUR
400
Distance (ft)
300
200
RLl 100
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Dip angle (°)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used to calculate the distance the GeoSteering bit must Given: Formation dip angle = 6°, formation resistivity during
travel to return to the target formation. drilling = 10 ohm-m, and buildup rate = 4°.
Find: Distance to return to the target formation.
Description
When drilling is at very high angles from vertical, the bit may wander Answer: Enter the chart at 6° on the x-axis. Move upward to the
out of formation. If this occurs, how far the bit must travel to get 10 ohm-m/4° BUR curve. Move horizontally left to the
back into the formation must be determined. y-axis to read approximately 290 ft.
Enter the chart with the known dip angle of the formation on
the x-axis. Move upward to intersect the appropriate “buildup rate”
(BUR) curve. Move horizontally left from the intersection point to
the y-axis and read the distance back into the formation.
120
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
General
1.0
Rt /Rchfr 0.8
0.6
RLl
0.4
0.2
0
10 –2 10 –1 100 101 10 2
Rchfr /Rcem
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to correct the raw cased hole resistivity measure- Enter the chart on the x-axis with the ratio of Rchfr and the resistivity
ment of the CHFR Cased Hole Formation Resistivity tool (Rchfr) for of the cement sheath (Rcem). The value of Rcem is obtained with labo
the thickness of the cement sheath. The resulting value of true resis- ratory measurements. Move upward to the appropriate cement
tivity (Rt) is used to calculate the water saturation. sheath thickness curve, which represents the annular space between
the outside of the casing and the borehole wall. Move horizontally
left to the y-axis and read the Rt/Rchfr value. Multiply this value by
Rchfr to obtain Rt.
Charts RLl-51 and RLl-52 are for making the correction in larger
casing sizes.
121
General Laterolog—Wireline
Resistivity
1.0
Rt /Rchfr 0.8
0.6
RLl
0.4
0.2
0
10 –2 10 –1 100 101 10 2
Rchfr /Rcem
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-50 to obtain the cased hole
resistivity of the CHFR Cased Hole Formation Resistivity tool cor-
rected for the thickness of the cement sheath in 7-in.-OD casing.
122
Resistivity Laterolog—Wireline
1.2 5 in.
1.0
Rt /Rchfr 0.8
0.6
RLl
0.4
0.2
0
10 –2 10 –1 100 101 10 2
Rchfr /Rcem
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart RLl-50 to obtain the cased hole
resistivity of the CHFR Cased Hole Formation Resistivity tool cor-
rected for the thickness of the cement sheath in 9.625-in.-OD casing.
123
Resistivity Galvanic—Wireline
Induction—Wireline
Purpose Enter the chart on the x-axis at 346 and move upward
This chart is used to determine the limit of application for the AIT to intersect Rt = 5 ohm-m on the y-axis. The intersection
Array Induction Imager Tool measurement in a salt-saturated borehole. point is in an error zone for which the shallow induction
curves are not valid even in a round borehole. The
Description deeper induction curves are valid only with a 2-ft or
When the AIT tool logs a large salt-saturated borehole, the 10- and larger vertical resolution.
20-in. induction curves may well be unusable because of the large
The limits for the 1-, 2-, and 4-ft curves are integral to the chart.
conductive borehole. In a borehole with a diameter (dh) of 8 in.,
As illustrated, a 1-ft 90-in. curve is not usable in a large salt-saturated
the 10- and 20-in. curve data are usable if Rt < 300Rm. The ratio
borehole. Also, under these conditions, the 1-, 2-, and 4-ft curves can-
of the true resistivity to the mud resistivity (Rt /Rm) is proportional
not have the same resistivity response.
to (dh /8)2.
A general rule is that a 12-in. borehole must have a ratio of Rt /Rm Example: Freshwater Mud Borehole
≤ 133 to have usable shallow log data. Additional requirements are Given: Borehole size = 10 in., Rt = 5 ohm-m, Rm = 0.135 ohm-m,
that the borehole must be round and the AIT tool standoff is 2.5 in. and standoff (so) = 1.5 in.
The value of Rt /Rm is further reduced if the borehole is irregular or
Find: Which, if any, of the AIT curves are valid.
the standoff requirement is not met.
Chart RInd-1 summarizes these requirements. The expected Answer: Rt /Rm = 37.0, (dh /8)2 = (10/8)2 = 1.5625, and (1.5/so) =
values of Rt, Rm, borehole size, and standoff size are entered to 1.5/1.5 = 1. The resulting value from the x-axis equation
accurately determine the usable resolution in a smooth hole. The is 37.0 × 1.5625 × 1 = 57.9.
lower chart summarizes which AIT resistivity tools typically provide Enter the chart at 57.9 on the x-axis and intersect
the most accurate deep resistivity data. Rt = 5 ohm-m on the y-axis. The intersection point is
within the limit of the 1-ft vertical resolution boundary.
RInd Example: Salt-Saturated Borehole All the AIT induction curves are usable.
Given: Borehole size = 10 in., Rt = 5 ohm-m, Rm =
0.0135 ohm-m, and standoff (so) = 2.5 in.
Find: Which, if any, of the AIT curves are valid.
Answer: From the x-axis equation:
2
R t d h 1.5
R 8 so =
m
2
5 10 1.5
0.0135 8 2.5 =
124
Resistivity Induction—Wireline
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
125
Resistivity Induction—Wireline
Introduction Because the AIT borehole model is a circular hole, either axis
The AIT tools (AIT-B, AIT-C, AIT-H, AIT-M, Slim Array Induction from a multiaxis caliper can be used. If the tool standoff is adequate,
Imager Tool [SAIT], Hostile Environment Induction Imager Tool the process finds the circular borehole parameters that best match
[HIT], and SlimXtreme* Array Induction Imager Tool [QAIT]) do not the input logs. Control of adequate standoff is important because
have chartbook corrections for environmental effects. The normal the changes in the tool reading are very large for small changes in
effects that required correction charts in the past (borehole correc- tool position when the tool is very close to the borehole wall. Near
tion, shoulder effect, and invasion interpretation) are now all made the center of the hole the changes are very small. A table of rec-
using real-time algorithms for the AIT tools. In reality, the charts for ommended standoff sizes is as follows.
the older dual induction tools were inadequate for the complexity of
environmental effects on induction tools. The very large volume of AIT Tool Recommended Standoff
investigation required to obtain an adequate radial depth of investiga- Hole Size (in.) Recommended Standoff (in.)
tion to overcome invasion makes the resulting set of charts too exten- AIT-B, AIT-C, AIT-H, AIT-M, HIT SAIT, QAIT
sive for a book of this size. The volume that affects the logs can be tens
<5.0 – 0.5
of feet above and below the tool. To make useful logs, the effects of the
5.0 to 5.5 – 1.0
volume above and below the layer of interest must be carefully removed.
5.5 to 6.5 0.5 1.5
This can be done only by either signal processing or inversion-based
6.5 to 7.75 1.0 2.0
processing. This section briefly describes the wellsite processing and
7.75 to 9.5 1.5 2.5
advanced processing available at computing centers.
9.5 to 11.5 2.0 + bowspring† 2.5
Wellsite Processing >11.5 2.5 + bowspring† 2.5
Borehole Correction Note: Do not run AIT tools slick.
† Only for AIT-H tool
The first step of AIT log processing is to correct the raw data from
all eight arrays for borehole effects. Borehole corrections for the AIT
tools are based on inversion through an iterative forward model to Each type of AIT tool requires a slightly different approach to
find the borehole parameters that best reproduce the logs from the the borehole correction method. For example, the AIT-B tool requires
RInd four shortest arrays—the 6-, 9-, 12-, and 15-in. arrays (Grove and the use of an auxiliary Rm measurement (Environmental
Minerbo, 1991). The borehole forward model is based on a solution Measurement Sonde [EMS]) to compute Rm or to compute hole
to Maxwell’s equations in a cylindrical borehole of radius r with the size by using a recalibration of the mud resistivity method internal
mud resistivity (Rm) surrounded by a homogeneous formation of to the borehole correction algorithm. The Platform Express*,
resistivity R f. The tool can be located anywhere in the borehole, but SlimAccess*, and Xtreme* AIT tools have integral Rm sensors that
is parallel to the borehole axis at a certain tool standoff (so). The meet the accuracy requirements for the compute standoff mode.
borehole is characterized by its radius (r). In this model, the signal
in a given AIT array is a function of only these four parameters. Log Formation
The four short arrays overlap considerably in their investiga- AIT tools are designed to produce a high-resolution log response
tion depth, so only two of the borehole parameters can be uniquely with reduced cave effect in comparison with the induction log deep
determined in an inversion. The others must be supplied by outside (ILD) in most formations. The log processing (Barber and Rosthal,
measurements or estimates. Because the greatest sensitivity to the 1991) is a weighted sum of the raw array data:
formation resistivity is in the contrast between Rm and R f, no exter-
nal measurement is satisfactory for fitting to R f. Therefore, R f is z = z max
N
() wn z ′ σ (a ) z − z ′ ,
( ) ( )
always solved for. This leaves one other parameter that can be deter- n
mined. The three modes of the borehole correction operation depend
σ log z = Σ Σ
n =1 z = z
min
on which parameter is being determined:
■ compute mud resistivity: requires hole diameter and standoff where Σlog (z) is the output log conductivity in mS/m, Σa(n) is the
■ compute hole diameter: requires a mud resistivity measurement
skin-effect-corrected conductivity from the nth array, and the
and standoff weights (w) represent a deconvolution filter applied to each of the
■ compute standoff: requires hole diameter and mud resistivity
raw array measurements. The log depth is z, and z′ refers to the
measurement. distance above or below the log depth to where the weights are
applied. The skin effect correction consists of fitting the X-signal
to the skin-effect-error signal (Moran, 1964; Barber, 1984) at high
conductivities and the R-signal to the error signal at low conductivi-
126
Resistivity Induction—Wireline
ties, with the crossover occurring between 100 and 200 mS/m. The (Freedman and Minerbo, 1991, 1993; Zhang et al., 1994). Maximum-
use of the R-signal at low conductivities overcomes the errors in Entropy Resistivity Log Inversion (MERLIN) processing (Barber et
the X-signal associated with the normal magnetic susceptibilities al., 1999) follows Freedman and Minerbo (1991) closely, and that
of sedimentary rock layers (Barber et al., 1995). paper is the basic reference for the mathematical formulation. The
The weights w in the equation can profit from further refine- problem is set up as the simplest parametric model that can fit the
ment. The method used to compute the weights introduces a small data: a thinly layered formation with each layer the same thickness
amount of noise in the matrix inversion, so the fit is about ±1% to (Fig. 2). The inversion problem is to solve for the conductivity of
±2% to the defined target response. A second refinement filter is each layer so that the computed logs from the layered formation
used to correct for this error. The AIT wellsite processing sequence, are the closest match to the measured logs.
from raw, calibrated data to corrected logs, is shown in Fig. 1.
R-signals only
14 Multichannel
or signal
A(H)IFC processing
8
and 2D Five depths
processing (10 to 90 in.) 10 in.
28 channels 28 Exception
Borehole or 20 in.
(AIT-B, -C, and -D) handling and
16 channels correction 16 environmentally 30 in.
(all others) + compensated 60 in.
log processing
90 in.
Caliper 28 Skin
or effect
Rm correction
16 Five depths
Standoff R-signals (10 to 90 in.) Rm
X-signals RInd
Caliper
Figure 1. Block diagram of the real-time log processing chain from raw, calibrated array data to finished logs.
The flow of MERLIN processing is shown in Fig. 3. The borehole- Invasion Processing
corrected raw resistive and reactive (R- and X-) signals are used as The wellsite interpretation for invasion is a one-dimensional (1D)
a starting point. The conductivity of a set of layers is estimated from inversion of the processed logs into a four-parameter invasion model
the log values, and the iterative modeling is continued until the logs (Rxo, Rt, r1, and r2, shown in Fig. 4). The forward model is based on
converge. The set of formation layer conductivity values is then con- the Born model of the radial response of the tools and is accurate for
verted to resistivity and output as logs. most radial contrasts in which induction logs should be used. The
inversion can be run in real time. The model is also available in the
28 or 16 channels Invasion Correction module of the GeoFrame* Invasion 2 application,
which also includes the step-invasion model and annulus model (Fig. 4).
Borehole-corrected Initial guess
R- and X-signals
Step Profile
Model parameters
Rxo
Forward model
Rt
ri
Compute Sensitivity
Computed log
Lagrangian matrix
Distance from wellbore
Figure 3. Data flow in the MERLIN inversion algorithm. The output is the final
set of model parameters after the iterations converge.
Annulus Profile
Rann
Rxo
r1
r2 Rt
128
Resistivity Induction—Wireline
129
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
REm
130
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 6 in., Rm = 0.02 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt/Rps Rt/Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 100 101 102 103 10–1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 6 in., Rm = 0.1 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt/Rps Rt/Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 100 101 102 103 10–1 100 101 102 103 REm
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 6 in., Rm = 1.0 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt/Rps Rt/Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 100 101 102 103 10–1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
131
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 7 in., Rm = 0.02 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 7 in., Rm = 0.1 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 7 in., Rm = 1.0 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION475 and ImPulse resistivity measurements. Uncorrected
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system resistivity is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
132
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 8 in., Rm = 0.02 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 8 in., Rm = 0.1 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 8 in., Rm = 1.0 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION475 and ImPulse resistivity measurements. Uncorrected
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system resistivity is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
133
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 10 in., Rm = 0.02 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 10 in., Rm = 0.1 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
arcVISION475 and ImPulse Borehole Correction for 2 MHz, dh = 10 in., Rm = 1.0 ohm-m
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION475 and ImPulse resistivity measurements. Uncorrected
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system resistivity is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
134
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
135
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
136
General Electromagnetic—LWD
Resistivity
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
137
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
138
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
139
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt/Rps Rt/Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 100 101 102 103 10–1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt/Rps Rt/Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 100 101 102 103 10–1 100 101 102 103
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt/Rps Rt/Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 100 101 102 103 10–1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
140
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
141
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 100 101 102 103 10 –1 100 101 102 103
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 –1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION675 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
142
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
143
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
144
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
145
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
146
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
147
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
148
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
149
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rps
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rps
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rps
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION825 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
150
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
151
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
152
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
153
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
154
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
155
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
156
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10ñ1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10ñ1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10ñ1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10ñ1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m) REm
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10ñ1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10ñ1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
157
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 101 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
REm Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
1.5 1.5
Rt /Rps Rt /Rad
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3
Rps (ohm-m) Rad (ohm-m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart REm-11 to determine the to arcVISION900 resistivity measurements. Uncorrected resistivity
borehole correction applied by the surface acquisition system is entered on the x-axis, not the resistivity shown on the log.
158
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the correction factor applied by the Given: Rt/Rs = 10/1, Rps uncorrected = 20 ohm-m (34 in.), and
surface acquisition system for bed thickness to the phase-shift and bed thickness = 6 ft.
attenuation resistivity on the logs of arcVISION675, arcVISION825, Find: Rt.
and arcVISION900 tools.
Answer: The appropriate chart to use is the phase-shift resistivity
Description chart in the first row, for Rt = 10 ohm-m and Rs = 1 ohm-m.
The six bed thickness correction charts on this page are paired for Enter the chart on the x-axis at 6 ft and move upward
phase-shift and attenuation resistivity at different values of true (Rt) to intersect the 34-in. spacing line. The corresponding
and shoulder bed (Rs) resistivity. Only uncorrected resistivity values value of R t/R ps is 1.6; Rt = 20 × 1.6 = 32 ohm-m.
are entered on the chart, not the resistivity shown on the log.
Chart REm-56 is also used to find the bed thickness correction
applied by the surface acquisition system for 2-MHz arcVISION* and
ImPulse* logs.
REm
159
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
0.5 0.5
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Bed thickness (ft) Bed thickness (ft)
1.5 1.5
0.5 0.5
REm
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Bed thickness (ft) Bed thickness (ft)
1.5
Rt /Rps 1.0
0.5
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Bed thickness (ft)
160
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
1.5 1.5
0.5 0.5
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Bed thickness (ft) Bed thickness (ft)
1.5 1.5
0.5 0.5
REm
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Bed thickness (ft) Bed thickness (ft)
1.5 1.5
0.5 0.5
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Bed thickness (ft) Bed thickness (ft)
161
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
8.60
15
8.55
20
Rt
8.50
30
50
70
10,000
100
1,000
8.45
1
10
20
30
8.40 40
50
60
70
Attenuation 8.35
80
90
(dB)
100
125
8.30
150
o
175
8.25
200
REm
225
8.20
250
275
8.15 300
8.10
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Phase shift (°)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose listed Rt values. The εr is interpolated from the radial lines originating
This chart is used to estimate the true resistivity (Rt) and dielectric from the εr values listed on the left-hand side of the chart. Charts
correction (εr). Rt is used in water saturation calculation. REm-59 through REm-62 are used to determine Rt and εr at larger
spacings.
Description
Enter the chart with the uncorrected (not those shown on the Example
log) phase-shift and attenuation values from the arcVISION675 or Given: Phase shift = 2° and attenuation = 8.45 dB for 16-in.
ImPulse resistivity tool. The intersection point of the two values is spacing.
used to determine Rt and the dielectric correction. Rt is interpolated Find: Rt and εr.
from the subvertical lines described by the dots originating at the
Answer: Rt = 26 ohm-m and εr = 70 dB.
162
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
6.9
15
20
6.8
Rt
30
50
70
100
1,000
10,000
6.7 1
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Attenuation 6.6 80
(dB)
90
100
o
125
REm
150
6.5
175
200
225
250
6.4
275
300
6.3
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*Mark of Schlumberger Phase shift (°)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Charts REm-59 through REm-62 are identical to Chart REm-58
for determining Rt and εr at larger spacings of the arcVISION675
and ImPulse 2-MHz tools.
163
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
5.5
20
5.4
30
Rt
50
70
100
10,000
1,000
5.3 1
10
20
30
40
50
5.2 60
70
80
90
Attenuation
o
o
100
(dB)
5.1 125
150
REm
175
200
5.0
225
250
275
4.9 300
4.8
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*Mark of Schlumberger Phase shift (°)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Charts REm-59 through REm-62 are identical to Chart REm-58
for determining Rt and εr at larger spacings of the arcVISION675
and ImPulse 2-MHz tools.
164
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
4.7
15
4.6
20
30
Rt
4.5
50
70
100
1,000
10,000
4.4
1
10
20
30
40
Attenuation 4.3
50
(dB)
60
70 o
80
90
100
4.2 REm
125
150
4.1 175
200
225
250
4.0
275
300
3.9
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*Mark of Schlumberger Phase shift (°)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Charts REm-59 through REm-62 are identical to Chart REm-58
for determining Rt and εr at larger spacings of the arcVISION675
and ImPulse 2-MHz tools.
165
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
4.0
15
3.9
20
30
3.8 Rt
50
70
100
3.7
10,000
1,000
10
20
3.6
30
40
Attenuation 50 o
(dB)
60
70
3.5
80
90
100
REm
125
3.4
150
175
200
3.3
225
250
275
3.2 300
3.1
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*Mark of Schlumberger Phase shift (°)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Charts REm-59 through REm-62 are identical to Chart REm-58 for
determining Rt and εr at larger spacings of the arcVISION675 and
ImPulse 2-MHz tools.
166
Resistivity Electromagnetic—LWD
ε1 = 2εr
Rt /Rps 2.0
Dielectric assumption
o
εr = 5 + 108.5R –0.35
1.5
1.0
ε2 = 0.5εr
0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4
Rps (ohm-m)
3.5 REm
Resistivity
spacing
16 in.
3.0 22 in.
28 in.
34 in.
40 in.
2.5
ε2 = 0.5εr
Rt /Rad 2.0
Dielectric assumption
o
εr = 5 + 108.5R –0.35
1.5
1.0
ε1 = 2εr
0.5
10–1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4
Rad (ohm-m)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
167
General Resistivity—Wireline
Formation
Resistivity Galvanic
Rt-1
Invasion Correction—Open Hole (former Rint-1)
Purpose If SwA and SwR are equal, the assumption of a step-contact inva-
The charts in this chapter are used to determine the correction for sion profile is indicated to be correct, and all values determined
invasion effects on the following parameters: (Sw, Rt, Rxo, and di) are considered good.
■
If SwA > SwR, either invasion is very shallow or a transition-type
diameter of invasion (di)
■
invasion profile is indicated, and SwA is considered a good value for Sw.
ratio of flushed zone to true resistivity (Rxo /Rt)
If SwA < SwR, an annulus-type invasion profile may be indicated,
■ Rt from laterolog resistivity tools.
and a more accurate value of water saturation may be estimated
The Rxo/Rt and Rt values are used in the calculation of water by using
saturation. The correction fac- 1 tor of (SwA /SwR)1 ⁄4 is
readily determined S 4 from the scale.
Description S wcor = S wA wA
The invasion correction charts, also referred to as “tornado” or “but- For more informa- S wR tion, see Reference 9.
terfly” charts, assume a step-contact profile of invasion and that all
resistivity measurements have already been c orrected as necessary
for borehole effect and bed thickness by using the appropriate chart
from the “Resistivity Laterolog” chapter.
To use any of these charts, enter the y-axis and x-axis with the
required resistivity ratios. The point of intersection defines di, Rxo /Rt,
and Rt as a function of one resistivity measurement.
SwA/SwR
Rt 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.0
© Schlumberger
168
Formation Resistivity—Wireline
103 8 15 18 20 22 24 28 32 36
1,000 40
45
500 50
Rt /Rxo
60
200
102 80
100
100
50 120
di (in.)
20
HLLD/Rxo
101
10
100 2
0.5
0.2
Rt
10–1
100 101 102
HLLD/HLLS
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
The resistivity values of HALS laterolog deep resistivity (HLLD), Given: HLLD = 50 ohm-m, HLLS = 15 ohm-m, Rxo = 2.0 ohm-m,
HALS laterolog shallow resistivity (HLLS), and resistivity of the and Rm = 0.2 ohm-m.
flushed zone (Rxo) measured by the High-Resolution Azimuthal Find: Rt and diameter of invasion.
Laterolog Sonde (HALS) are used with this chart to determine
Answer: Enter the chart with the values of HLLD/HLLS = 50/15 =
values for diameter of invasion (di) and true resistivity (Rt).
3.33 and HLLD/Rxo = 50/2 = 25.
Description The resulting point of intersection on the chart indicates
The conditions for which this chart is used are listed at the top. The that Rt /Rxo = 35 and di = 34 in.
chart is entered with the ratios of HLLD/HLLS on the x-axis and Rt = 35 × 2.0 = 70 ohm-m.
HLLD/Rxo on the y-axis. The intersection point defines di on the
dashed curves and the ratio of Rt /Rxo on the solid curves.
169
Formation Resistivity—Wireline
8 15 18 20 22 24 28
103 32 36
1,000 40
45
500
Rt /Rxo 50
60
200
102 80
100
100
50 120
di (in.)
HRLD/Rxo 20
101
10
5
100 2
0.5
0.2
Rt
10–1
100 101 102
HRLD/HRLS
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
The resistivity values of high-resolution deep resistivity (HRLD), high- The conditions for which this chart is used are listed at the top. The
resolution shallow resistivity (HRLS), and Rxo measured by the HALS chart is entered with the ratios of HRLD/HRLS on the x-axis and
are used similarly to Chart Rt-2 to determine values for di and Rt. HRLD/Rxo on the y-axis. The intersection point defines di on the
dashed curves and the ratio of Rt /Rxo on the solid curves.
170
Formation Resistivity—LWD
geoVISION675* Resistivity
Rt-10
Formation Resistivity and Diameter of Invasion—Open Hole
Rxo /Rm = 50
dh = 8.5 in.
10 1.8 18 2.0
17 1.6 2.4
9 Rt /Rring 1.5 20
16 3.0
8 1.4
7 22
6 15
1.3
5 di 24
100
Rring /Rbm 70
4 14 50
30
Rt /Rxo
3
20
15
13
1.2 10
2
7
5
12
3
2
1
Rt
1 2 3
Rring /Rbd
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the correction applied to the log Given: Rring = 30 ohm-m, Rxo /Rm = 50, Rbd = 15 ohm-m, and
presentation of Rt and di determined from geoVISION675 ring (Rring) Rbm = 6 ohm-m.
and deep (R bd) and medium button (Rbm) resistivity values. Find: Rt, di, and Rxo.
Description Answer: Enter the chart with values of Rring /Rbd = 30/15 = 2 on
Enter the chart with the ratios of R ring /Rbd on the x-axis and Rring / the x-axis and Rring /Rbm = 30/6 = 5 on the y-axis to find
Rbm on the y-axis. The intersection point defines di on the blue di = 22.5 in., Rt /Rring = 3.1, and Rt /Rxo = 50. From these
dashed curves, Rt /Rring on the red curves, and Rt /Rxo on the black ratios, Rt = 3.1 × 30 = 93 ohm-m and Rxo = 93/50 =
curves. Charts Rt-11 through Rt-17 are similar to Chart Rt-10 for 1.86 ohm-m.
different tool sizes, configurations, and resistivity terms.
171
Formation Resistivity—LWD
geoVISION675* Resistivity
Rt-11
Formation Resistivity and Diameter of Invasion—Open Hole
Rxo /Rm = 50
30 dh = 8.5 in.
di 14 1.3 1.4 1.5
Rt /Rbd 1.2 15
13 1.6
20
16
1.1
12 17
18
10 100
9 70
8 50
Rbd /Rbs 7 11
30
6
5 20
4 15
3 10 Rt /Rxo
7
2 5
3
2
1
1
Rt 1 2 3 4 5 6
Rbd /Rbm
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the
correction applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined
from geoVISION675 deep (Rbd), medium (Rbm), and shallow
button (Rbs) resistivity values.
172
Formation Resistivity—LWD
geoVISION675* Resistivity
Rt-12
Formation Resistivity and Diameter of Invasion—Open Hole
Bit, Ring, and Deep Button Resistivity (6.75-in. tool) with ROP to Bit Face = 4 ft
Rxo /Rm = 50
dh = 8.5 in.
10 28 3.0
2.5 4.0
9 Rt /Rbit 24 34
2.0
8
1.8 40
7 22
6 50
di 100
1.6 70
5 20 50
Rbit/Rbd 4 30
20
15
3 18
10
Rt /Rxo
1.4 7
2
5
16
3
2
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Rt
Rbit /Rring
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined from
geoVISION675 Rring, bit (Rbit), and Rbd resistivity values.
173
Formation Resistivity—LWD
geoVISION675* Resistivity
Rt-13
Formation Resistivity and Diameter of Invasion—Open Hole
Bit, Ring, and Deep Button Resistivity (6.75-in. tool) with ROP to Bit Face = 35 ft
Rxo /Rm = 50
20 dh = 8.5 in. 34 2.0 2.4
50
1.6
Rt /Rbit 28
70
1.4 100
24 70
10 50
9 22
8 1.3 30
7
6 20 20
Rbit /Rbd di
5 15
4 Rt /Rxo
18 10
3
7
1.2
5
2 16
1
1
Rt 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20
Rbit /Rring
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined from
geoVISION675 Rring, Rbit, and Rbd resistivity values.
174
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Rxo /Rm = 50
10 dh = 12.25 in.
9 1.8 23 24
22 1.6 2.4
8
di 21 3.0
7 1.4
26
6 Rt /Rring 20
1.3
5
30
4 19 100
70
Rring /Rbm
50
3 30
18
20
1.2 Rt /Rxo
15
2 10
17
7
5
16
3
2
1
1
1 2
Rt
Rring /Rbd
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined from
geoVISION825 Rring, Rbd, and Rbm resistivity values.
175
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Rxo /Rm = 50
20 dh = 12.25 in.
Rt /Rbd 1.4 19 1.6
1.3 20
18 2.0
2.4
1.2 17 22
10 di
9
24
8
16 100
7 70
6 50
Rbd /Rbs 5 30
4 20
1.1 15 Rt /Rxo
3
10
7
2
5
3
14
2
1
1
Rt 1 2 3 4 5
Rbd /Rbm
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined from
geoVISION825 Rbd, Rbm, and Rbs resistivity values.
176
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Bit, Ring, and Deep Button Resistivity (81⁄4-in. tool) with ROP to Bit Face = 4 ft
Rxo /Rm = 50
10 dh = 12.25 in. Rt /Rbit 3.0 35
2.4
9 30 40
2.0 5.0
8 1.8
28 50
7
di 60
6 1.6 100
26 70
50
5
1.5 30
4 24 20
Rbit /Rbd 15
3 1.4
10
22 7
2 5
1.3
20 Rt /Rxo
3
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rt
Rbit /Rring
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined from
geoVISION825 Rring, Rbit, and Rbd resistivity values.
177
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Bit, Ring, and Deep Button Resistivity (81⁄4-in. tool) with ROP to Bit Face = 35 ft
Rt /Rxo = 50
40 2.0 50
20 dh = 12.25 in.
3.0
1.6
35 70
Rt /Rbit 100
1.4 70
30 50
10 28
9 1.3 30
8 di
7 26 20
6 Rt /Rxo
15
Rbit /Rbd
5
24
10
4
1.2
7
3
22
5
2
20 3
1
1
Rt 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20
Rbit /Rring
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-10 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the log presentation of Rt and di determined from
geoVISION825 Rring, Rbit, and Rbd resistivity values.
178
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Response Through Sand and Shale Layers at 90° Relative Dip Response Through Sand and Shale Layers at 90° Relative Dip
for Rsh = 1 ohm-m and Rsand = 5 ohm-m for Rsh = 1 ohm-m and Rsand = 20 ohm-m
100 100
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Vsh Vsh
100 100
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Vsh Vsh Rt
Purpose Select the appropriate chart for the attenuation (Rad) or phase-
This chart illustrates the resistivity response, as affected by sand shift (Rps) resistivity and values of resistivity of the shale (Rsh) and
and shale layers, of the arcVISION tool in horizontal wellbores. sand (Rsand). Enter the chart with the volume of shale (Vsh) on the
The chart is used to determine the values of Rh and Rv. These x-axis and the resistivity on the y-axis. At the intersection point of
corrections are already applied to the log presentation. these two values move straight downward to the dashed blue curve
to read the value of Rh. Move upward to the solid green curve to read
Description the value of Rv.
The chart is constructed for shale layers at 90° relative dip to the Chart Rt-32 is used to determine Rh and Rv values for the 2-MHz
axis of the arcVISION tool. That is, both the layers of shale and the resistivity.
tool are horizontal to the vertical. Other requirements for use of this
chart are that the shale resistivity (Rsh) is 1 ohm-m and the sand
resistivity is 5 or 20 ohm-m.
179
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Response Through Sand and Shale Layers at 90° Relative Dip Response Through Sand and Shale Layers at 90° Relative Dip
for Rsh = 1 ohm-m and Rsand = 5 ohm-m for Rsh = 1 ohm-m and Rsand = 20 ohm-m
100 100
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Vsh Vsh
100 100
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Rt Vsh Vsh
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-31 for arcVISION and
ImPulse 2-MHz resistivity. These corrections are already applied
to the log presentation.
180
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Aniostropy Response for Rh = 1 ohm-m and (Rv /Rh) = 5 Aniostropy Response for Rh = 1 ohm-m and (Rv /Rh) = 2
102
Rps Rps
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Relative dip angle (°) Relative dip angle (°)
102
Rad Rad
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Rt
Relative dip angle (°) Relative dip angle (°)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to determine arcVISION Rps and Rad for relative Enter the appropriate chart with the value of relative dip angle and
dip angles from 0 to 90°. These corrections are already applied to move to intersect the known resistivity spacing. Move horizontally
the log presentation. left to read Rps or Rad for the conditions of the horizontal resistivity
(Rh) = 1 ohm-m and the square root of the Rv/Rh ratio.
181
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Aniostropy Response for Rh = 1 ohm-m and (Rv /Rh) = 5 Aniostropy Response for Rh = 1 ohm-m and (Rv /Rh) = 2
102
Rps Rps
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Relative dip angle (°) Relative dip angle (°)
102
Rad Rad
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
Rt 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Relative dip angle (°) Relative dip angle (°)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-33 for arcVISION and
ImPulse 2-MHz resistivity. These corrections are already applied
to the log presentation.
182
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Aniostropy Response at 85° dip for Rh = 1 ohm-m Aniostropy Response at 65° dip for Rh = 1 ohm-m
102
Rps Rps
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
(Rv /Rh) (Rv /Rh)
102
Rad
Rad
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
101
100 100
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Rt
(Rv /Rh) (Rv /Rh)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart and Chart Rt-36 reflect the effect of anisotropy on the Enter the appropriate chart with the value of the phase-shift or
arcVISION resistivity response. These corrections are already attenuation resistivity on the y-axis. Move horizontally to intersect
applied to the log presentation. As the square root of the R v /Rh the resistivity spacing curve. At the intersection point read the value
ratio increases, the effect on the resistivity significantly increases. of the square root of the R v /Rh ratio on the x-axis.
183
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Aniostropy Response at 85° dip for Rh = 1 ohm-m Aniostropy Response at 65° dip for Rh = 1 ohm-m
102
Rps Rps
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
(Rv/Rh) (Rv/Rh)
102
Rad Rad
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
101
100 100
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Rt
(Rv/Rh) (Rv/Rh)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-35 for arcVISION and
ImPulse for 2-MHz resistivity. These corrections are already
applied to the log presentation.
184
Formation Resistivity—LWD
64 3
40-in. Rad/Rt = 1
60 2
1.5 0.95
56 1 16
0.9
0.7
0.85
0.8
0.5 0.75
52 0.7
16-in. Rps /40-in. Rad 0.1 0.65
0.3 0.6
0.2 0.55
40 36
44 0.15
48
20
32
di (in.)
Rt
0.01
0.01 0.1 1.0
28-in. Rps /40-in. Rad
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Chart Rt-38 is used for 2-MHz resistivity values. The corresponding
This log-log chart is used to determine the correction applied to charts for resistive invasion are Charts Rt-39 and Rt-40.
the log presentation of the 40-in. arcVISION675 resistivity measure-
ments, diameter of invasion (di), and resistivity of the flushed zone Example
(Rxo). These data are used to evaluate a formation for hydrocarbons. Given: 16-in. Rps/40-in. Rad = 0.2 and 28-in. Rps/40-in. Rad = 0.4.
Find: Rxo, di, and correction factor for 40-in. Rad .
Description
Answer: At the intersection point of 0.2 on the y-axis and 0.4 on
Enter the chart with the ratio of the 16-in. Rps /40-in. Rad on the y-axis
the x-axis, di = 31.9 in., Rxo = 1.1 ohm-m, and correction
and 28-in. Rps /40-in. Rad on the x-axis. The intersection point defines
factor = 0.955.
the following:
The value of the 40-in. Rad is reduced by the correction
■ di factor: 40-in. Rad × 0.955.
■ Rxo
■ correction factor for 40-in. attenuation resistivity.
185
Formation Resistivity—LWD
5
56
44 2
1.5
1
0.7
0.5 16
0.1
16-in. Rps / 0.3 40-in. Rad/Rt = 1
40-in. Rad
0.9
0.8
0.7
40 0.2
0.2 0.6 di (in.)
0.5
Rt 0.3
20
0.4
0.15
24
36 32 28
0.01
0.01 0.1 1.0
*Mark of Schlumberger
28-in. Rps /40-in. Rad
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-37 for arcVISION675 and
ImPulse 2-MHz resistivity. The corrections are already applied to
the log presentation.
186
Formation Resistivity—LWD
125
100
80
75 200
70
0.55
65 150
0.6
60
0.65
55 0.7 100
45 0.85
50
di (in.)
0.9
40
0.95
Rt /40-in. Rad = 1 30 Rt
35
30
20
15
1
1 10
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-37 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the arcVISION log presentation of di, Rxo, and 40-in.
Rad for resistive invasion.
187
Formation Resistivity—LWD
2.4
2.2 65
60
55 0.55
Rxo = 300 ohm-m
200
2.0 50
150
0.6
45
0.65 100
1.8
0.7
16-in. Rps / 40
40-in. Rad
di (in.)
70
0.75
1.6 35 50
0.8
Rt
1.4 30
0.85 30
0.9
0.95 20
1.2
15
Rt /40-in. Rad = 1
1.0
1 1.05 1.1 1.15 1.2 1.25 1.3 1.35 1.4
*Mark of Schlumberger 28-in. Rps /40-in. Rad
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-39 to determine the correc-
tion applied to the arcVISION and ImPulse log presentation for
2-MHz resistivity.
188
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Purpose Example
Charts Rt-41 and Rt-42 are used to calculate the correction applied
Given: Rshoulder = 10 ohm-m, Rt = 1 ohm-m, and
to the log presentation of Rt from the arcVISION tool at the
16-in. Rps = 1.5 ohm-m.
approach to a bed boundary. The value of Rt is used to calculate
water saturation. Find: Bed proximity effect.
Answer: The top set of charts is appropriate for these resistivity
Description values. The ratio Rps /Rt = 1.5/1 = 1.5.
There are two sets of charts for differing conditions:
Enter the y-axis of the left-hand chart at 1.5 and move
■ shoulder bed resistivity (Rshoulder) = 10 ohm-m and Rt = 1 ohm-m horizontally to intersect the 16-in. curve. The corre-
■ Rshoulder
sponding value on the x-axis is 1 ft, which is the distance
= 10 ohm-m and Rt =100 ohm-m.
of the surrounding bed from the tool. At 2 ft from the
bed boundary, the value of 16-in. R ps = 1 ohm-m.
Rt
189
Formation Resistivity—LWD
Resistivity–Drill Pipe
Bed Proximity Effect for Horizontal Well: Rshoulder = 10 ohm-m and Rt = 1 ohm-m
3 3
2 2
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Distance to bed boundary (ft) Distance to bed boundary (ft)
Bed Proximity Effect for Horizontal Well: Rshoulder = 10 ohm-m and Rt = 100 ohm-m
3 3
2 2
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Rt Distance to bed boundary (ft) Distance to bed boundary (ft)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
190
Formation Resistivity—LWD
2 2
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Distance to bed boundary (ft) Distance to bed boundary (ft)
Bed Proximity Effect for Horizontal Well: Rshoulder = 10 ohm-m, Rt = 100 ohm-m
3 3
2 2
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Distance to bed boundary (ft) Distance to bed boundary (ft) Rt
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Rt-41 for arcVISION and
ImPulse 2-MHz resistivity. The correction is already applied
to the log presentation.
191
Lithology—Wireline
General
Purpose Example
This chart is a method for identifying the type of clay in the wellbore. Given: Environmentally corrected thorium concentration
The values of the photoelectric factor (Pe) from the Litho-Density* (ThNGScorr) = 10.6 ppm, environmentally corrected
log and the concentration of potassium (K) from the NGS Natural potassium concentration (KNGScorr) = 3.9%, and Pe = 3.2.
Gamma Ray Spectrometry tool are entered on the chart. Find: Mineral concentration of the logged clay.
Description Answer: The intersection points from plotting values of Pe and K
Enter the upper chart with the values of Pe and K to determine the on the upper chart and Pe and Th/K ratio = 10.6/3.9 = 2.7
point of intersection. On the lower chart, plotting Pe and the ratio on the lower chart suggest that the clay mineral is illite.
of thorium and potassium (Th/K) provides a similar mineral evalua-
tion. The intersection points are not unique but are in general areas
defined by a range of values.
Lith
192
Lithology—Wireline
10
8
Glauconite
Chlorite Biotite
6
Photoelectric
factor, Pe
4
Illite
Muscovite
Montmorillonite
2
Kaolinite
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Potassium concentration, K (%)
10
8
Glauconite
Photoelectric
factor, Pe
Mixed layer
4
Illite
Muscovite
2
Montmorillonite
Kaolinite
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.6 1 2 3 6 10 20 30 60 100
Thorium/potassium ratio, Th/K
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
193
Lithology—Wireline
25
= 25
12
Possible 100% kaolinite,
Th/K
=
/K
montmorillonite,
100% illite point
Th
illite “clay line”
rals
20
mine
Kaolinite
ring
3.5
K=
Th/
-bea
15
rium
y tho
Thorium
(ppm) ~70% illite
Heav
10 lay
er c = 2.0
ed-lay Th/K
Mix ~40%
mica
e
nit
Illite
illo
Micas
or
5
tm
on
orit
e Glauconite Th/K = 0.3
Chl Feldspar
0 Potassium evaporites, ~30% feldspar
0 1 2 3 4 5
Potassium (%)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Lith
Purpose A sandstone reservoir with varying amounts of shaliness and
This chart is used to determine the type of minerals in a shale illite as the principal clay mineral usually plots in the illite segment
formation from concentrations measured by the NGS Natural of the chart with Th/K between 2.0 and 3.5. Less shaly parts of the
Gamma Ray Spectrometry tool. reservoir plot closer to the origin, and shaly parts plot closer to the
70% illite area.
Description
Entering the chart with the values of thorium and potassium locates
the intersection point used to determine the type of radioactive min-
erals that compose the majority of the clay in the formation.
194
Lithology—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the lithology and porosity of a forma- Given: Freshwater drilling mud, Pe = 3.0, and bulk density =
tion. The porosity is used for the water saturation determination and 2.73 g/cm3.
the lithology helps to determine the makeup of the logged formation. Freshwater drilling mud, Pe = 1.6, and bulk density =
2.24 g/cm3.
Description
Note that this chart is designed for fresh water (fluid density Find: Porosity and lithology.
[ρf] = 1.0 g/cm3) in the borehole. Chart Lith-4 is used for saltwater Answer: For the first set of conditions, the formation is a
(ρf = 1.1 g/cm3) formations. dolomite with 8% porosity.
Values of photoelectric factor (Pe) and bulk density (ρb) from the The second set is for a quartz sandstone formation
Platform Express Three-Detector Lithology Density (TLD) tool are with 30% porosity.
entered into the chart. At the point of intersection, porosity and
lithology values can be determined.
Lith
40
2.0
Salt
40
0
2.1
40
30
2.2
30
Quartz sandstone
ne)
2.3
30
(limesto
20
20
Calcite
2.4
Bulk density, ρb
Dolomite
(g/cm3)
10
2.5
20
10
2.6
0
Lith
10
2.7
0
2.8
0
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Photoelectric factor, Pe
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
196
Lithology—Wireline
2.0
Salt
0
40
40
2.1
40
2.2 30
Quartz sandstone
30
ne)
2.3
(limesto
20
30
Calcite
20
2.4
Bulk density, ρb
Dolomite
(g/cm3)
2.5
10
20
10
2.6
0
2.7
10
Lith
0
2.8
0
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger Photoelectric factor, Pe
This chart is used similarly to Chart Lith-3 for lithology and poros- bulk density (ρb) from the Platform Express TLD tool in saltwater
ity determination with values of photoelectric factor (Pe) and borehole fluid.
197
General
Lithology—Wireline, Drillpipe
LWD
Density Tool
Lith-5
Apparent Matrix Volumetric Photoelectric Factor—Open Hole (former CP-20)
2.5 0
10
2.0 20
30
6 5 4 3 2 1 4 6 8 10 12 14
Photoelectric factor, Pe Apparent matrix
volumetric photoelectric factor, Umaa
© Schlumberger
Lith
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the apparent matrix volumetric Given: Pe = 4.0, ρb = 2.5 g/cm3, ϕta = 25%, and freshwater
photoelectric factor (Umaa) for the Chart Lith-6 percent lithology borehole fluid.
determination. Find: Apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor (Umaa).
Description Answer: Enter the chart with the Pe value (4.0) on the left-hand
This chart is entered with the values of bulk density (ρb) and Pe from x-axis, and move upward to intersect the curve for
a density log. The value of the apparent total porosity (ϕta) must also ρb = 2.5 g/cm3.
be known. The appropriate solid lines on the right-hand side of the From that intersection point, move horizontally right to
chart that indicate a freshwater borehole fluid or dotted lines that intersect the ϕta value of 25%, using the blue freshwater
represent saltwater borehole fluid are used depending on the salinity curve.
of the borehole fluid. Uf is the fluid photoelectric factor. Move vertically downward to determine the Umaa value
on the right-hand x-axis scale: Umaa = 13.
198
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
General
Density Tool
Lithology Identification—Open Hole
Purpose Example
This chart is used to identify the rock mineralogy through comparison Given: ρmaa = 2.74 g/cm3 (from Chart Lith-9 or Lith-10) and
of the apparent matrix grain density (ρmaa) and apparent matrix volu- Umaa = 13 (from Chart Lith-5).
metric photoelectric factor (Umaa). Find: Matrix composition of the formation.
Description Answer: Enter the chart with ρmaa = 2.74 g/cm3 on the y-axis and
The values of ρmaa and Umaa are entered on the y- and x-axis, respec- Umaa = 13 on the x-axis. The intersection point indicates
tively. The rock mineralogy is identified by the proximity of the point a matrix mixture of 20% dolomite and 80% calcite.
of intersection of the two values to the labeled points on the plot.
The effect of gas, salt, etc., is to shift data points in the directions
shown by the arrows.
Lith
Density Tool
Lith-6
Lithology Identification—Open Hole (former CP-21)
2.2
2.3
Salt
2.4
on
Gas directi
2.5
2.6 K-feldspar
2.8
qu
60 ite
ar
lom
tz
20 do
80 %
2.9 Dolomite
Heavy minerals
Lith
Anhydrite
3.0
Kaolinite
Illite
3.1
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor, Umaa
© Schlumberger
200
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
Purpose The lines on the chart are divided into numbered groups by poros-
This chart is used to help identify mineral mixtures from sonic, ity range as follows:
density, and neutron logs. 1. ϕ = 0 (tight formation)
2. ϕ = 0 to 12 p.u.
Description
3. ϕ = 12 to 27 p.u.
Because M and N slope values are practically independent of poros-
4. ϕ = 27 to 40 p.u.
ity except in gas zones, the porosity values they indicate can be
correlated with the mineralogy. (See Appendix E for the formulas to Example
calculate M and N from sonic, density, and neutron logs.) Given: M = 0.79 and N = 0.51.
Enter the chart with M on the y-axis and N on the x-axis. The
Find: Mineral composition of the formation.
intersection point indicates the makeup of the formation. Points for
binary mixtures plot along a line connecting the two mineral points. Answer: The intersection of the M and N values indicates dolomite
Ternary mixtures plot within the triangle defined by the three con- in group 2, which has a porosity between 0 to 12 p.u.
stituent minerals. The effect of gas, shaliness, secondary porosity,
etc., is to shift data points in the directions shown by the arrows.
Lith
1.1
Freshwater mud
ρf = 1.0 Mg/m3, t f = 620 µs/m
ρf = 1.0 g/cm3, t f = 189 µs/ft
Gypsum Saltwater mud
ρf = 1.1 Mg/m3, t f = 607 µs/m
1.0 ρf = 1.1 g/cm3, t f = 185 µs/ft
s
Ga r
Secondary o lt
porosity sa
0.9
vma = 5943 m/s
= 19,500 ft/s
Quartz sandstone
Calcite (limestone)
vma = 5486 m/s
= 18,000 ft/s
0.8 1 2 34
Dolomite
M 324 1
0.7 Anhydrite
Sulfur
Approximate
0.6
shale
region
Lith
0.5
© Schlumberger
202
Lithology—Wireline
General
Purpose The lines on the chart are divided into numbered groups by poros-
This chart is used to help identify mineral mixtures from APS ity range as follows:
Accelerator Porosity Sonde neutron logs. 1. ϕ = 0 (tight formation)
2. ϕ = 0 to 12 p.u.
Description
3. ϕ = 12 to 27 p.u.
Because M and N values are practically independent of porosity
4. ϕ = 27 to 40 p.u.
except in gas zones, the porosity values they indicate can be cor-
related with the mineralogy. (See Appendix E for the formulas to Because the dolomite spread is negligible, a single dolomite point
calculate M and N from sonic, density, and neutron logs.) is plotted for each mud.
Enter the chart with M on the y-axis and N on the x-axis. The
intersection point indicates the makeup of the formation. Points for Example
binary mixtures plot along a line connecting the two mineral points. Given: M = 0.80 and N = 0.55.
Ternary mixtures plot within the triangle defined by the three con- Find: Mineral composition of the formation.
stituent minerals. The effect of gas, shaliness, secondary porosity, Answer: Dolomite.
etc., is to shift data points in the directions shown by the arrows.
Lith
1.1
Freshwater mud
ρf = 1.0 Mg/m3, t f = 620 µs/m
ρf = 1.0 g/cm3, t f = 189 µs/ft
Gypsum Saltwater mud
ρf = 1.1 Mg/m3, t f = 607 µs/m
1.0 ρf = 1.1 g/cm3, t f = 185 µs/ft
s
Ga r
Secondary o lt
porosity sa
0.9
vma = 5943 m/s
= 19,500 ft/s
Quartz sandstone
Calcite (limestone)
vma = 5486 m/s
= 18,000 ft/s
0.8 Dolomite 12 3,4
0.7 Anhydrite
Sulfur
0.6 Approximate
shale
region
Lith
0.5
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
204
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
Purpose Example
Charts Lith-9 (customary units) and Lith-10 (metric units) provide Given: Apparent crossplot porosity from density-neutron = 20%,
values of the apparent matrix internal transit time (t maa) and appar- ρb = 2.4 g /cm3, apparent crossplot porosity from
ent matrix grain density (ρmaa) for the matrix identification (MID) neutron-sonic = 30%, and t = 82 μs/ft.
Charts Lith-11 and Lith-12. With these parameters the identification Find: ρmaa and t maa.
of rock mineralogy or lithology through a comparison of neutron,
Answer: ρmaa = 2.75 g/cm3 and t maa = 46 μs/ft.
density, and sonic measurements is possible.
Description
Determining the values of t maa and ρmaa to use in the MID Charts
Lith-11 and Lith-12 requires three steps.
First, apparent crossplot porosity is determined using the appro-
priate neutron-density and neutron-sonic crossplot charts in the
“Porosity” section of this book. For data that plot above the sand-
stone curve on the charts, the apparent crossplot porosity is defined
by a vertical projection to the sandstone curve.
Second, enter Chart Lith-9 or Lith-10 with the interval transit
time (t) to intersect the previously determined apparent crossplot
porosity. This point defines t maa.
Third, enter Chart Lith-9 or Lith-10 with the bulk density (ρb)
to again intersect the apparent crossplot porosity and define ρmaa.
The values determined from Charts Lith-9 and Lith-10 for t maa and
ρmaa are cross plotted on the appropriate MID plot (Charts Lith-11
and Lith-12) to identify the rock mineralogy by its proximity to the
labeled points on the plot.
Lith
2.9 120
2.8 110
40
2.7 100
30 Apparent
crossplot
porosity
2.6 90
c
ni
20
so
n- Interval
ro
ut
2.5 80
ρb (g/cm3) time,
t (µs/ft)
n
tro
eu
-n
2.4 70
ity
10
ns
De
2.3 20 60
2.2 30 50
2.1 40 40
Lith 2.0 30
3.0 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0
Apparent matrix density, ρmaa (g/cm3)
© Schlumberger
206
General
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
350 325 300 275 250 225 200 175 150 125 100
3.0 350
2.9 325
40
2.8 300
Apparent
2.7 30 crossplot 275
porosity
2.6 20 250
c
ni
so
n-
ro
Interval
ut
10
Ne
2.4 200
ity
10
ns
De
2.3 20 175
2.2 30 150
2.1 40 125
Lith
2.0 100
3.0 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0
Apparent matrix density, ρmaa (g/cm3)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Charts Lith-9 (customary units) and Lith-10 (metric units) provide
values of the apparent matrix internal transit time (t maa) and appar-
ent matrix grain density (ρmaa) for the matrix identification (MID)
Charts Lith-11 and Lith-12. With these parameters the identification
of rock mineralogy or lithology through a comparison of neutron,
density, and sonic measurements is possible.
207
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
General
Density Tool
Matrix Identification (MID)—Open Hole
Purpose ρf Multiplier
Charts Lith-11 and Lith-12 are used to establish the type of mineral
1.00 1.00
predominant in the formation.
1.05 0.98
Description 1.10 0.95
Enter the appropriate (customary or metric units) chart with 1.15 0.93
the values established from Charts Lith-9 or Lith-10 to identify the
predominant mineral in the formation. Salt points are defined for Example
two tools, the sidewall neutron porosity (SNP) and the CNL* Given: ρmaa = 2.75 g/cm3, t maa = 56 μs/ft (from Chart Lith-9),
Compensated Neutron Log. The presence of secondary porosity and ρf = 1.0 g/cm3.
in the form of vugs or fractures displaces the data points parallel Find: The predominant mineral.
to the apparent matrix internal transit time (t maa ) axis. The presence
Answer: The formation consists of both dolomite and calcite,
of gas displaces points to the right on the chart. Plotting some shale
which indicates a dolomitized limestone. The formation
points to establish the shale trend lines helps in the identification
used in this example is from northwest Florida in the
of shaliness. For fluid density (ρf) other than 1.0 g/cm3 use the table
Jay field. The vugs (secondary porosity) created by the
to determine the multiplier to correct the apparent total density
dolomitization process displace the data point parallel
porosity before entering Chart Lith-11 or Lith-12.
to the dolomite and calcite points.
Lith
208
General
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
Density Tool
Lith-11
Matrix Identification (MID)—Open Hole (customary, former CP-15)
2.0
Salt
(CNL* log)
2.1 Salt
(SNP)
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5 on
cti
dire
s
ρmaa Ga
(g/cm3) 2.6
Quartz
2.7
Calcite
2.8
Dolomite
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
Lith
3.1
30 40 50 60 70
tmaa (µs/ft)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
209
Lithology—Wireline, LWD
Density Tool
Lith-12
Matrix Identification (MID)—Open Hole (metric, former CP-15m)
2.0
Salt
(CNL* log)
2.1 Salt
(SNP)
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5 on
cti
dire
s
ρmaa Ga
(g/cm3) 2.6
Quartz
2.7
Calcite
2.8
Dolomite
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
Lith
3.1
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Chart Lith-12 is used similarly to Chart Lith-11 to establish the mineral
type of the formation.
210
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
General
Sonic Tool
Porosity Evaluation—Open Hole
Por
Sonic Tool
Por-1
Porosity Evaluation—Open Hole (customary, former Por-3)
vf = 5,300 ft/s
50 50
Time average
Field observation
1.1
40 40
1.2
1.3
) 1.4
ne
30 sto ne 30
e sto 1.5
(lim nd
sa
te
e 1.6
i
tz
lom
r
t
lci
ua
Do
Ca
Bcp
Q
Porosity, Porosity,
φ (p.u.) φ (p.u.)
20 20
vma (ft/s)
23 000
,
21 ,000
26
19 ,000
18 ,500
10 10
0
,00
Por 0 0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Interval transit time, ∆t (µs/ft)
© Schlumberger
212
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
Sonic Tool
Por-2
Porosity Evaluation—Open Hole (metric, former Por-3m)
vf = 1,615 m/s
50 50
Time average
Field observation
1.1
40 40
1.2
1.3
ite 1.4
om e
te ton
l
Do
30
alci nds 1.5 30
C sa
artz 1.6
Qu
Porosity, Bcp Porosity,
φ (p.u.) φ (p.u.)
ne
20 20
sto
e sand
e
Qu men alci omit
ds artz
vma (m/s)
C ol
te
D
u
ton
z s ed q
7,0 ,000
t
an
8
5, ,40 0 0
Ce
a rt
5,5 950 0
10 10
6
00
0 0 Por
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Interval transit time, ∆t (µs/m)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-1 with metric units.
213
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
Density Tool
Por-3
Porosity Determination—Open Hole (former Por-5)
1.1
1.2
40
)
te
mi
olo
(d
)
ne
= 2 .87
sto
)
te
=2
lci
nd
.83
ca
sa
ma
ρ
rtz
= 2 .71
ma
ua
=2
ρ
.68
(q
30
ma
.6 5
ρ
=2
ma
ρ
ma
ρ
Porosity, ρma – ρb
φ (p.u.) 20 φ=
ρma – ρf
10
0
2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0
3
2.31
Bulk density, ρb (g/cm )
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
214
Porosity—Wireline
Purpose The HPLC curve is the high-resolution version of the APLC curve.
This chart is used for the apparent limestone porosity recorded by the The same corrections apply.
APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde or sidewall neutron porosity (SNP)
tool to provide the equivalent porosity in sandstone or dolomite for- Resolution Short Spacing Long Spacing
mations. It can also be used to obtain the apparent limestone poros-
ity (used for the various crossplot porosity charts) for a log recorded Normal APLC FPLC
in sandstone or dolomite porosity units. Epithermal neutron porosity (ENPI)†
and move vertically to the appropriate lithology curve. Then read the
equivalent porosity on the y-axis. For APS porosity recorded in sand- Example: Equivalent Porosity
stone or dolomite porosity units enter that value on the y-axis and Given: APLC = 25 p.u. and FPLC = 25 p.u.
move horizontally to the recorded lithology curve. Then read the Find: Porosity for sandstone and for dolomite.
apparent limestone neutron porosity for that point on the x-axis.
Answer: Sandstone porosity from APLC = 28.5 p.u. and sandstone
The APLC is the epithermal short-spacing apparent limestone
porosity from FPLC = 30 p.u.
neutron porosity from the near-to-array detectors. The log is auto-
matically corrected for standoff during acquisition. Because it is Dolomite porosity = 24 and 20 p.u., respectively.
epithermal this measurement does not need environmental correc-
tions for temperature or chlorine effect. However, corrections for Example: Apparent Porosity
mud weight and actual borehole size should be applied (see Chart Given: Clean sandstone porosity = 20 p.u.
Neu-10). The short spacing means that the effect of density and Find: Apparent limestone neutron porosity.
therefore the lithology on this curve is minimal. Answer: Enter the y-axis at 20 p.u. and move horizontally to
The FPLC is the epithermal long-spacing apparent limestone neu- the quartz sandstone matrix curves. Move vertically
tron porosity acquired from the near-to-far detectors. Because it is from the points of intersection to the x-axis and read
epithermal this measurement does not need environmental correc- the apparent limestone neutron porosity values.
tions for temperature or chlorine effect. However, corrections for APLC = 16.8 p.u. and FPLC = 14.5 p.u.
mud weight and actual borehole size should be applied (see Chart
Neu-10). The long spacing means that the density and therefore
lithology effect on this curve is pronounced, as seen on Charts Por-13
and Por-14.
Por
40
APLC
FPLC
SNP
30
ne
True porosity
sto
20 )
nd ne
for indicated sa
matrix material, to
es
tz
ar
φ (p.u.) (lim
Qu
ite
lc
Ca ite
olom
D
10
0
0 10 20 30 40
Apparent limestone neutron porosity, φSNPcor (p.u.)
Apparent limestone neutron porosity, φAPScor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Por
216
Porosity—Wireline
General
40
Formation salinity
0 ppm
30
True porosity
ne
for indicated
matrix material,
20 sto
n e)
to
nd
φ (p.u.) es
sa
m
(li ite
tz
ar
ite lom
Qu
c o
al D
C
10
0
0 10 20 30 40
Apparent limestone neutron porosity, φCNLcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Description Example
To determine the porosity of either quartz sandstone or dolomite Given: Quartz sandstone formation, TNPH = 18 p.u. (apparent
enter the chart with the either the TNPH or NPHI corrected limestone neutron porosity), and formation salinity =
apparent limestone neutron porosity (ϕCNLcor) on the x-axis. Move 250,000 ppm.
vertically to intersect the appropriate curve and read the porosity Find: Porosity in sandstone.
for quartz sandstone or dolomite on the y-axis. The chart has a Answer: From the TNPH porosity reading of 18 p.u. on the x-axis,
built-in salinity correction for TNPH values. project a vertical line to intersect the quartz sandstone
dashed red curve. From the y-axis, the porosity of the
sandstone is 24 p.u.
217
Porosity—Wireline
40
30
True porosity
ne
sto
for indicated 20 nd
matrix material, ite
ne
Sa
om
to
φ (p.u.) l
es Do
Lim
10
0
–10 0 10 20 30 40
Apparent limestone neutron porosity (p.u.)
© Schlumberger
Por
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-5 to convert 21⁄2-in. compen-
sated neutron tool (CNT) porosity values (TNPH) from one lithology
to another. Fresh formation water is assumed.
218
Porosity—LWD
General
40
35
30
ne
25 dsto
n e)
sa ton
tr z e s
a
True porosity Qu (lim te
te mi
for indicated 20 alci Dolo
matrix material, C
φ (p.u.)
15
10
0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φADNcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
This chart is used to determine the porosity of sandstone, limestone, Enter the chart on the x-axis with the corrected apparent limestone
or dolomite from the corrected apparent limestone porosity measured porosity from Chart Neu-31 to intersect the curve for the appropriate
with the adnVISION475 4.75-in. tool. formation material. Read the porosity on the y-axis. Por
219
Porosity—LWD
40
35
30
e
ton
25 n ds e)
sa ton
tr z e s
a lim
True porosity Qu e(
for indicated it ite
20 lc
matrix material, Ca o lom
D
φ (p.u.)
15
10
0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φADNcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Chart Por-8 is used similarly to Chart Por-7 for determining
porosity from the corrected apparent limestone porosity from
Por
the adnVISION675 6.75-in. tool.
220
Porosity—LWD
40
35
30
e
25 ton
nds e
Sa ston
e
True porosity Lim te
(p.u.) 20
lo mi
Do
15
10
0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φADNcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Chart Por-9 is used similarly to Chart Por-7 for determining
porosity from the corrected apparent limestone porosity from
Por
the adnVISION825 8.25-in. tool.
221
Porosity—LWD
40
35
30
25 e
s ton
nd ne
True porosity Sa sto
e ite
for indicated 20 Lim lom
Do
matrix material,
φ (p.u.)
15
10
0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Corrected apparent limestone BPHI porosity (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
Por
This chart is used to determine the porosity of sandstone, limestone, Enter the chart on the x-axis with the corrected apparent limestone
or dolomite from the corrected apparent limestone BPHI porosity BPHI porosity from Chart Neu-43 or Neu-44 to intersect the curve for
measured with the EcoScope 6.75-in. LWD tool. the appropriate formation material. Read the porosity on the y-axis.
Use this chart only with EcoScope best thermal neutron porosity
(BPHI) measurements; use Chart Por-10a with EcoScope thermal
neutron porosity (TNPH) measurements.
222
Porosity—LWD
40
35
30
ne
25 sto
nd
Sa ne
True porosity esto
for indicated 20 Lim mi
te
matrix material, lo
Do
φ (p.u.)
15
10
0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Corrected apparent limestone TNPH porosity (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose Description
Por
This chart is used to determine the porosity of sandstone, limestone, Enter the chart on the x-axis with the corrected apparent limestone
or dolomite from the corrected apparent limestone TNPH porosity TNPH porosity from Chart Neu-45 or Neu-46 to intersect the curve for
measured with the EcoScope 6.75-in. LWD tool. the appropriate formation material. Read the porosity on the y-axis.
Use this chart only with EcoScope thermal neutron porosity
(TNPH) measurements; use Chart Por-10 with EcoScope best
thermal neutron porosity, average (BPHI) measurements.
223
Porosity—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used with the bulk density and apparent limestone Given: Corrected apparent neutron limestone porosity =
porosity from the CNL Compensated Neutron Log and Litho-Density 16.5 p.u. and bulk density = 2.38 g/cm3.
tools, respectively, to approximate the lithology and determine the Find: Crossplot porosity and lithology.
crossplot porosity.
Answer: Crossplot porosity = 18 p.u. The lithology is approxi-
Description mately 40% quartz and 60% limestone.
Enter the chart with the environmentally corrected apparent neu-
tron limestone porosity on the x-axis and bulk density on the y-axis.
The intersection of the two values describes the crossplot porosity
and lithology.
If the point is on a lithology curve, that indicates that the forma-
tion is primarily that lithology. If the point is between the lithology
curves, then the formation is a mixture of those lithologies. The posi-
tion of the point in relation to the two lithology curves as composi-
tion endpoints indicates the mineral percentages of the formation.
The porosity for a point between lithology curves is determined
by scaling the crossplot porosity by connecting similar numbers on
the two lithology curves (e.g., 20 on the quartz sandstone curve to
20 on the limestone curve). The scale line closest to the point repre-
sents the crossplot porosity.
Chart Por-12 is used for the same purpose as this chart for salt
water-invaded zones.
Por
224
Porosity—Wireline
General
2.8 –5
0
–10
2.9
–15 Por
Anhydrite
3.0
0 10 20 30 40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φCNLcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
225
Porosity—Wireline
General
45
2.0
Sulfur 45 45
Salt 40
2.1 Ap 40 40
pro
xim 35
cor gas ate
rec
tion 35 35
y
2.2 sit 30
oro
P 30 35 30
25 ne
2.3 d sto
n 25
sa 25
20 a rtz e) 30
Qu
0 s ton
2.4 2 e Density
15 (lim 20
ite 25 porosity,
Bulk lc
15 Ca φD (p.u.)
density, 10 15 (ρma = 2.71 g/cm3,
ρb (g/cm3) 2.5 20 ρf = 1.19 g/cm3)
10 ite
5 olom 10
15 D
2.6
0 5 5
10
2.7 0 0
5
–5
2.8
0
–10
2.9
–15
Anhydrite
3.0
0 10 20 30 40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φCNLcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Por
Purpose Example
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-11 with CNL Compensated Given: Corrected apparent neutron limestone porosity =
Neutron Log and Litho-Density values to approximate the lithology 16.5 p.u. and bulk density = 2.38 g/cm3.
and determine the crossplot porosity in the saltwater-invaded zone. Find: Crossplot porosity and lithology.
Answer: Crossplot porosity = 20 p.u. The lithology is approxi-
mately 55% quartz and 45% limestone.
226
Porosity—Wireline
General
2.8
00
2.9 e
rit
hyd
An
3.0
0 10 20 30 40
Corrected APS apparent limestone neutron porosity, φAPScor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Por
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the lithology and porosity from the Given: APLC porosity = 8 p.u. and bulk density = 2.2 g/cm3.
Litho-Density bulk density and APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde porosity Find: Approximate quartz sandstone porosity.
log curves (APLC or FPLC). This chart applies to boreholes filled
Answer: Enter at 8 p.u. on the x-axis and 2.2 g/cm3 on the y-axis
with freshwater drilling fluid; Chart Por-14 is used for saltwater fluids.
to find the intersection point is in the gas-in-formation
Description correction region. Because the APLC porosity value was
Enter either the APLC or FPLC porosity on the x-axis and the bulk used, move parallel to the blue gas correction line until
density on the y-axis. Use the blue matrix curves for APLC porosity the blue quartz sandstone curve is intersected at approx-
values and the red curves for FPLC porosity values. Anhydrite plots imately 19 p.u.
on separate curves. The gas correction direction is indicated for
formations containing gas. Move parallel to the blue correction line
if the APLC porosity is used or to the red correction line if the FPLC
porosity is used.
227
Porosity—Wireline
General
5 5
2.8
00
2.9
e
rit
hyd
An
3.0
0 10 20 30 40
Corrected APS apparent limestone neutron porosity, φAPScor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Por
Purpose Example
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-13 to determine the lithology Given: APLC porosity = 8 p.u. and bulk density = 2.2 g/cm3.
and porosity from Litho-Density* bulk density and APS* porosity log Find: Approximate quartz sandstone porosity.
curves (APLC or FPLC) in saltwater boreholes.
Answer: Enter 8 p.u. on the x-axis and 2.2 g/cm3 on the y-axis
to find the intersection point is in the gas-in-formation
correction region. Because the APLC porosity value was
used, move parallel to the blue gas correction line until
the blue quartz sandstone curve is intersected at approx-
imately 20 p.u.
228
Porosity—LWD
General
Salt
40
2.0 40
ity 35
ros
2.1 Po 35 40
30
2.2 e 30 35
25 s ton
nd
z sa 25
t ) 30
2.3 ar ne
20 Qu esto
lim
20 ite(
Bulk density, lc 25
ρb (g/cm3) 2.4 15 Ca
15 ite
o lom
10 20 D
2.5
10
5 15
2.6 5
0
10
2.7 0
5
2.8
0
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φADNcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Por
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the crossplot porosity and lithology Given: ϕADNcor = 20 p.u. and ρb = 2.24 g/cm3.
from the adnVISION475 4.75-in. density and neutron porosity. Find: Crossplot porosity and matrix material.
Description Answer: 25 p.u. in sandstone.
Enter the chart with the adnVISION475 corrected apparent lime-
stone neutron porosity (from Chart Neu-31) and bulk density. The
intersection of the two values is the crossplot porosity. The position
of the point of intersection between the matrix curves represents the
relative percentage of each matrix material.
229
Porosity—LWD
General
2.1 y 35
sit 30
oro
P
30 35
2.2 25 e
n
sto
a nd 25 30
20 tz
s e)
2.3
uar ston
Q e
lim
20
ite( 25
Bulk density, 15 lc
2.4 Ca
ρb (g/cm3)
15 te
10 20 omi
l
2.5 Do
10
5 15
2.6 5
0
10
2.7 0
5
2.8
0
2.9
3.0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φADNcor (p.u.)
Purpose Example
This chart uses the bulk density and apparent limestone porosity from Given: Corrected adnVISION675 apparent limestone porosity =
the adnVISION 6.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron tool to determine 20 p.u. and bulk density = 2.3 g /cm3.
the lithology of the logged formation and the crossplot porosity. Find: Porosity and lithology type.
Description Answer: Entering the chart at 20 p.u. on the x-axis and 2.3 g /cm3
This chart is applicable for logs obtained in freshwater drilling on the y-axis corresponds to a crossplot porosity of
fluid. Enter the corrected apparent limestone porosity and the bulk 21.5 p.u. and formation comprising approximately
density on the x- and y-axis, respectively. Their intersection point 60% quartz sandstone and 40% limestone.
determines the lithology and crossplot porosity.
230
Porosity—LWD
General
40
2.0 40
35
2.1 35
ity
40
oros 30
P
30
2.2
35
25 ne
sto
a nd 25
tz
s e)
ar ton
30
2.3 20 u s
Q e
lim
20
ite(
Bulk density, 15 lc ite
25
2.4 Ca
ρb (g/cm3) olom
15 D
10
20
2.5
10
5 15
2.6 5
0
10
2.7 0
5
2.8
0
2.9
3.0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, φADNcor (p.u.)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-15 to determine the lithology
and crossplot porosity from adnVISION825 8.25-in. Azimuthal Density
Neutron values.
231
Porosity—LWD
2.8
0
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Corrected apparent limestone BPHI porosity (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Por
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-15 to determine the lithol-
ogy and crossplot porosity from EcoScope 6.75-in. density and best
thermal neutron porosity (BPHI) values.
Use this chart only with EcoScope BPHI neutron porosity; use
Chart Por-19 with EcoScope thermal neutron porosity (TNPH)
measurements.
232
Porosity—LWD
2.8
0
2.9
3.0 Anhydrite
–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Corrected apparent limestone TNPH porosity (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose
Por
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-15 to determine the lithol-
ogy and crossplot porosity from EcoScope 6.75-in. density and ther-
mal neutron porosity (TNPH) values.
Use this chart only with EcoScope TNPH neutron porosity; use
Chart Por-18 with EcoScope best thermal neutron porosity (BPHI)
measurements.
233
Porosity—Wireline
General
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine crossplot porosity and an approxi Given: Thermal neutron apparent limestone porosity = 20 p.u.
mation of lithology for sonic and thermal neutron logs in freshwater and sonic slowness time = 89 μs/ft in freshwater
drilling fluid. drilling fluid.
Find: Crossplot porosity and lithology.
Description
Enter the corrected neutron porosity (apparent limestone porosity) Answer: Enter the neutron porosity on the x-axis and the sonic
on the x-axis and the sonic slowness time (Δt) on the y-axis to find slowness time on the y-axis. The intersection point is at
their intersection point, which describes the crossplot porosity and about 25 p.u. on the field observation line and 24.5 p.u.
lithology composition of the formation. Two sets of curves are drawn on the time-average line. The matrix is quartz sandstone.
on the chart. The blue set of curves represents the crossplot porosity
values using the sonic time-average algorithm. The red set of curves
represents the field observation algorithm.
Por
234
Porosity—Wireline
General
40
Field observation
40
35
100
35 35
30 30
ne
sto
nd
35
sa
tz
ar
ity
Qu
90 ros
30
Po
25 25
35
30
30
25
20
80
25
)
25 one
20
30
es
20 e (lim
20
∆t (µs/ft)
ite
t
lci
lom
Ca
Do
15
70
10
15
25
20
lt
Sa
10
15
15
5
10
20
5
60
10
10
0
15
Por
0
5
10
ite
dr
5
hy
50 0
An
5
0
0
0
40
0 10 20 30 40
Corrected CNL* apparent limestone neutron porosity, φCNLcor (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
235
Porosity—Wireline
General
40
Field observation
40
340
35
35 35
30 30
320
ne
sto
nd
35
sa
tz
ar
Qu
300
ity
ros
30
Po
25
35
25
30
30
280
25
20
)
ne
sto
25
260
25 lime
20
30
lci
∆t (µs/m)
20
15
Ca
ite
240
lom
20
Do
15
10
15
20
25
lt
Sa
220
15
10
15
5
10
5
20
200
10
0 10
15
0
180
5
5
te
Por 10
dri
hy
0
An
160
5
0
0
0
140
0 10 20 30 40
*Mark of Schlumberger Corrected CNL* apparent limestone neutron porosity, φCNLcor (p.u.)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-20 for metric units.
236
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
General
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine porosity and lithology for sonic and Given: Bulk density = 2.3 g /cm3 and sonic slowness
density logs in freshwater-invaded zones. time = 82 μs/ft.
Find: Crossplot porosity and lithology.
Description
Enter the chart with the bulk density on the y-axis and sonic slow- Answer: Limestone with a crossplot porosity = 24 p.u.
ness time on the x-axis. The point of intersection indicates the type
of formation and its porosity.
Por
2.0 40
40
40
Salt Sulfur
Trona
2.1
40
40
30 30
30
30
2.2
ity
ros
Po
2.3 30
30
20
20
Gypsum
20
20
Bulk density,
ρb (g/cm3) 2.4
2.5
10
10
20
20
10
10
e)
2.6
ton
es
lim
e(
0 lcit
0
0
0 Ca
ne
2.7
sto
10
10
nd
sa
Por
tz
ar
Qu
2.8 Polyhalite
ite
lom
Do
00
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Sonic transit time, ∆t (µs/ft)
© Schlumberger
238
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
General
2.0
40
40
40
Salt
Sulfur
2.1 Trona
40
40
30
30 30
2.2
30
y
sit
oro
P
2.3
30
30
20
20
Gypsum
20
20
Bulk density,
ρb (g/cm3) 2.4
2.5
10
10
20
20
10
10
e)
2.6
ton
es
(lim
ite
0 lc
0
0
0 Ca
ne
2.7
sto
10
10
nd
sa
tz
Por
ar
Qu
2.8 Polyhalite
ite
lom
0 Do
2.9
0
Anhydrite
3.0
150 200 250 300 350 400
Sonic transit time, ∆t (µs/m)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-22 for metric units.
239
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
General
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the porosity and average water Given: ϕD = 25 p.u. and ϕN = 10 p.u. in a low-pressure, shallow
saturation in the flushed zone (Sxo) for freshwater invasion and gas (4,000-ft) reservoir.
composition of C1.1H4.2 (natural gas). Find: Porosity and Sxo.
Description Answer: Enter the chart at 25 p.u. on the y-axis and 10 p.u. on the
Enter the chart with the neutron- and density-derived porosity values x-axis. The point of intersection identifies (on the blue
(ϕN and ϕD, respectively). On the basis of the table, use the blue curves curves for a shallow reservoir) ϕ = 20 p.u. and Sxo = 62%.
for shallow reservoirs and the red curves for deep reservoirs.
Shallow reservoir ~2,000 psi [~14,000 kPa] ~120°F [~50°C] 1.00 1.00 0 0
Deep reservoir ~7,000 psi [~48,000 kPa] ~240°F [~120°C] 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.54
ρw = density of water, ρg = density of gas, IHw = hydrogen index of water, and IHg = hydrogen index of gas
Por
240
Porosity—Wireline, LWD
General
50
40
0
35
20
35
40 40 Porosity
30
30
60
0
25 80
30 20 25
40
100
60
Density-derived porosity, 20 Sxo
φD (p.u.) 20 80
100
20 Sxo
15
15
10
10
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 Por
Neutron-derived porosity, φN (p.u.)
© Schlumberger
241
General
Porosity—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the porosity and average water Given: ϕD = 15 p.u. and APS ϕN = 8 p.u. in a normally pressured
saturation in the flushed zone (Sxo) for freshwater invasion and gas deep (14,000-ft) reservoir.
composition of CH4 (methane). Find: Porosity and S xo.
Description Answer: ϕ = 11 p.u. and S xo = 39%.
Enter the chart with the APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde neutron- and
density-derived porosity values (ϕN and ϕD, respectively). On the basis
of the table, use the blue curves for shallow reservoirs and the red
curves for deep reservoirs.
Shallow reservoir ~2,000 psi [~14,000 kPa] ~120°F [~50°C] 1.00 1.00 0.10 0.23
Deep reservoir ~7,000 psi [~48,000 kPa] ~240°F [~120°C] 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.54
ρw = density of water, ρg = density of gas, IHw = hydrogen index of water, and IHg = hydrogen index of gas
Por
242
Porosity—Wireline
General
50
40
40
0 35
35
40 20 Porosity
40
30
30
60
0 25 80
30
20 25
40 100
Sxo
60
Density-derived porosity, 20
φD (p.u.) 80
20
100
Sxo
20
15 15
10
10
10
For shallow reservoirs, use blue curves.
For deep reservoirs, use red curves.
55
0 Por
0 10 20 30 40
APS epithermal neutron-derived porosity, φN (p.u.)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
243
Porosity—Wireline
General
Purpose Example
This nomograph is used to estimate porosity in hydrocarbon-bearing Given: Corrected CNL apparent neutron porosity = 12 p.u.,
formations by using density, neutron, and resistivity in the flushed corrected apparent density porosity = 38 p.u., and
zone (Rxo) logs. The density and neutron logs must be corrected for Shr = 50%.
environmental effects and lithology before entry to the nomograph. Find: Hydrocarbon-corrected porosity.
The chart includes an approximate correction for excavation effect,
Answer: Enter the 12-p.u. ϕcor value on the CNL scale. A line from
but if hydrocarbon density (ρh) is <0.25 g /cm3 (gas), the chart may
this value to 38 p.u. on the ϕDcor scale intersects the ϕ1
not be accurate in some extreme cases:
scale at 32.2 p.u. The intersection of a line from this
■ very high values of porosity (>35 p.u.) coupled with medium value to the graph origin and Shr = 50% is Δϕ = –1.6 p.u.
to high values of hydrocarbon saturation (Shr) Hydrocarbon-corrected porosity: 32.2 – 1.6 = 30.6 p.u.
■ Shr = 100% for medium to high values of porosity.
Description
Connect the apparent neutron porosity value on the appropriate
neutron porosity scale (CNL* Compensated Neutron Log or sidewall
neutron porosity [SNP] log) with the corrected apparent density
porosity on the density scale with a straight line. The intersection
point on the ϕ1 scale indicates the value of ϕ1.
Draw a line from the ϕ1 value to the origin (lower right corner)
of the chart for Δϕ versus Shr.
Enter the chart with Shr from (Shr = 1 – Sxo) and move vertically
upward to determine the porosity correction factor (Δϕ) at the inter-
section with the line from the ϕ1 scale.
This correction factor algebraically added to the porosity ϕ1 gives
the corrected porosity.
Por
244
Porosity—Wireline
General
(p.u.)
40 40 40 40
30 30 30 30
–5
20 20 20 20 –4
–3
∆φ
(p.u.)
10 10 10 10 –2 Por
–1
0 0 0 0 0
100 80 60 40 20 0
Shr (%)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
245
Porosity—Wireline
General
1.0
ρh
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.6
φSNPcor 0.6
φDcor
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Shr (%)
1.0
ρh
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.6
φCNLcor
0.6
φDcor
0.4 0.5
0.4
0.2 0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Por 0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Shr (%)
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
246
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
General
40
30
25
20
15
1
FR =
φ2
10 1
m FR =
9 φm
8
Porosity, 7 Vugs or
φ (p.u.) spherical pores 2.8
6
5 0.62
FR = 2.5
φ2.15
4 Fractures
3 2.2
1.8
2.0
2
0.81
FR = 1.6
φ2
1.4
1
2.5 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1,000 2,000 5,000 10,000
Formation resistivity factor, FR
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This chart is used for a variety of conversions of the formation Given: Soft formation with Hard formation (m = 2) with
resistivity factor (FR) to porosity. ϕ = 25 p.u. ϕ = 8 p.u.
Find: FR. FR.
Description SatOH
The most appropriate conversion is best determined by laboratory Answer: FR = 13 (from chart). FR = 160 (from chart).
measurement or experience in the area. In the absence of this FR = 12.96 (calculated). FR = 156 (calculated).
knowledge, recommended relationships are the following:
■ Soft formations (Humble formula): FR = 0.62/ϕ2.51 or Fr = 0.81/ϕ2
■ Hard formations: FR = 1/ϕm with the appropriate cementation fac-
tor (m).
247
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
3.0
12.5
10.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
2.5 2.0
1.5 Isolated
pores
1.0
φiso = 0.5
Cementation 2.0
exponent, m
0.1
φ fr =
0.2
0.5 Fractures
1.5
1.0
1.5 2.0
2.5
5.0 .0
10
1.0
0.5 0.8 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50
Porosity, φ (p.u.)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Enter the chart with the porosity (ϕ) on the x-axis and m on the
This chart is used to identify how much of the measured porosity y-axis. The intersection point gives an estimate of either the amount
is isolated (vugs or moldic) or fractured porosity. of isolated porosity (ϕiso) or the amount of porosity resulting from
fractures (ϕfr).
SatOH Description
This chart is based on a simplified model that assumes no contribu- Example
tion to formation conductivity from vugs and moldic porosity and the Given: ϕ = 10 p.u. and cementation exponent = 2.5.
cementation exponent (m) of fractures is 1.0. Find: Intergranular (matrix) porosity.
When the pores of a porous formation have an aspect ratio close
Answer: Entering the chart with 10 p.u. and 2.5 gives an intersec-
to 1 (vugs or moldic porosity), the value of m of the formation is usu-
tion point of ϕiso = approximately 4.5 p.u.
ally greater than 2. Fractured formations typically have a cementa-
Intergranular porosity = 10 – 4.5 = 5.5 p.u.
tion exponent less than 2.
248
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
Saturation Determination
Open Hole
Purpose Description
This nomograph is used to solve the Archie water saturation If Ro is known, a straight line from the known Ro value through the
equation: measured Rt value indicates the value of Sw. If Ro is unknown, it may
be determined by connecting Rw with FR or porosity (ϕ).
Ro FR
Sw = = R w, Example
Rt Rt Given: Rw = 0.05 ohm-m at formation temperature, ϕ = 20 p.u.
(FR = 25), and Rt = 10 ohm-m.
where
Sw = water saturation Find: Water saturation.
Ro = resistivity of clean-water formation Answer: Enter the nomograph on the Rw scale at Rw = 0.05 ohm-m.
Rt = true resistivity of the formation Draw a straight line from 0.05 through the porosity scale
at 20 p.u. to intersect the Ro scale.
FR = formation resistivity factor
From the intersection point of R o = 1, draw a straight line
Rw = formation water resistivity.
through Rt = 10 ohm-m to intersect the Sw scale.
It should be used in clean (nonshaly) formations only. Sw = 31.5%.
SatOH
249
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
Saturation Determination
SatOH-3
Open Hole (former Sw-1)
Clean Formations, m = 2
Sw
(%)
Ro Rt 5
(ohm-m) (ohm-m)
30 10,000
Rw φ FR 8,000 6
(ohm-m) (%) 6,000
5,000 7
0.01 2,000 20 4,000
2.5 18 3,000
16 8
3 1,000 14 2,000
800 9
4 12
600 1,000 10
0.02 10
5 400 9 800
8 11
6 300 600
0.03 7 500 12
7 200 400
6 13
0.04 8 300 14
9 5
10 100 200 15
0.05 80 4 16
0.06 60 100
15 50 3 18
0.07 40 80
0.08 30 60 20
0.09 20 50
0.1 20 2 40
25 1.8 30
1.6 25
30 10 1.4 20
35 8 1.2
40 6 30
0.2 45 5 1.0 10
50 4 0.9 8
0.8 6
0.3 1 0.7 5
FR = 4 40
φ2.0 0.6 3
0.4 0.5
2
0.5 0.4 50
0.6 m = 2.0 1.0
0.7 0.3 0.8 60
0.8 0.6
0.9 0.5 70
1 0.2 0.4
0.18 0.3
0.16 80
1.5 0.14 0.2
0.12 90
2 0.10 0.1 100
Ro = FRRw Sw = Ro
Rt
SatOH
© Schlumberger
250
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
Saturation Determination
Open Hole
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine water saturation (Sw) in shaly or Given: Rxo = 12 ohm-m, Rt = 2 ohm-m, Rmf /Rw = 20, and
clean formations when knowledge of the porosity is unavailable. It Sor = 20%.
may also be used to verify the water saturation determination from Find: Sw (after correction for ROS).
another interpretation method. The large chart assumes that the
Answer: Enter the large chart at Rxo /Rt = 12/2 = 6 on the
mud filtrate saturation is
y-axis and Rmf /Rw = 20 on the x-axis. From the point of
intersection (labeled A), move diagonally to the right to
S XO = 5 S W . intersect the chart edge and directly across to enter the
small chart and intersect Sor = 20%.
The small chart provides an Sxo correction when Sxo is known. Sw = 43%.
However, water activity correction is not provided for the SP portion
of the chart (see Chart SP-2). Description
Description Shaly Sands
Clean Sands Enter the chart with Rxo /Rt and the SP in the shaly sand (EPSP). The
Enter the large chart with the ratio of the resistivity of the flushed point of intersection gives the Swa value. Draw a line from the chart’s
zone to the true formation resistivity (Rxo /Rt) on the y-axis and the origin (the small circle located at Rxo /Rt = Rmf /Rm = 1) through this
ratio of the resistivity of the mud filtrate to the resistivity of the for- point to intersect with the value of static spontaneous potential (ESSP)
mation water (Rmf /Rw) on the x-axis to find the water saturation at to obtain a value of Rxo /Rt corrected for shaliness. This value of Rxo /
average residual oil saturation (Swa). If Rmf /Rw is unknown, the chart Rt versus Rmf /Rw is plotted to find Sw if Rmf /Rw is unknown because
may be entered with the spontaneous potential (SP) value and the the point defined by Rxo /Rt and ESSP is a reasonable approximation
formation temperature. If Sxo is known, move diagonally upward, of Sw. The small chart to the right can be used to further refine Sw if
parallel to the constant-Swa curves, to the right edge of the chart. Sor is known.
Then, move horizontally to the known Sxo (or residual oil saturation Example
[ROS], Sor) value to obtain the corrected value of Sw. Given: Rxo /Rt = 2.8, Rmf /Rw = 25, EPSP = –75 mV, ESSP = –120 mV,
and electrochemical SP coefficient (Kc) = 80 (formation
temperature = 150ºF).
Find: Sw and corrected value for Sor = 10%.
Answer: Enter the large chart at Rxo/Rt = 2.8 and the intersection
of EPSP = –75 mV at Kc = 80 from the chart below. A line
from the origin through the intersection point (labeled B)
intersects the –120-mV value of ESSP at Point C. Move
horizontally to the left to intersect Rmf /Rw = 25 at Point D.
Then move diagonally to the right to intersect the right
y-axis of the chart. Move horizontally to the small chart to
determine Sxo = 0.9%, Sw = 38%, and corrected Sw = 40%.
For more information, see Reference 12.
SatOH
251
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
Saturation Determination
SatOH-4
Open Hole (former Sw-2)
Sor (%)
Rmf /Rw 0 10 20 30 40
0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
50 80 60
40
70 50
30
Rxo Sxo 60
EPSP = –Kc log – 2Kc log 40
20 Rt Sw
5
Sxo = S w 50 (%)
Sw
30
40
10 25
8
0% 30 20
6 = 10
a
Sw A C
5
D 25
4
50 60% 70%
15
3 20
B
%
Rxo
2
Rt
15
%
40
1
% 0%
Sxo = 5 S w
3
0.8
10
25
0.5
20
Sxo
0.4
Sw = Sxo (Swa)0.8
%
15
0.3
0.2
%
10
0.1
0.08
SatOH
0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Rmf /Rw
Kc
75 70 25
100 50
Temperature 150 80 Temperature
75
(°F) 200 100 (°C)
90
300 100 150
20 10 0 –20 –40 –60 –80 –100 –120 –140
252
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
100
90 Swb
70%
80 60%
50%
70 40%
30%
60 20%
10%
Swt (%) 50 0
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Sw (%)
© Schlumberger
Purpose Enter the y-axis with Swt and move horizontally to intersect SatOH
This chart is used to drive a value of water saturation (Sw) corrected the appropriate Swb curve. Read the value of Sw on the x-axis.
for the bound-water volume in shale.
Example
Description Given: Swt = 45% and Swb = 10%.
This is a graphical determination of Sw from the total water satura- Find: Sw.
tion (Swt) and the saturation of bound water (Swb):
Answer: Sw = 39.5%.
S wt − S wb
Sw = .
1 − S wb
253
Saturation—Wireline, LWD
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
0
100 10,000
2 4,000
90 2,000
4 1,000
400
6 80 300
200
8 150
70
10 100
12 70
60
60
14 50
Neutron Rt
(%)
16 50 40
porosity Rw
, Sg
index
18
tion
(corrected 40 30
ura
for lithology) 20
sat
22 30
Gas
20
24 20
26 15
14
10 13
28
12
30 0 11
Purpose So = Sh – Sg
This chart is used to determine porosity (ϕ) and gas saturation (Sg) Sw = 100 – Sh.
from the combination of density and neutron or from density and
SatOH resistivity measurements. Example
Given: Limy sandstone (ρma = 2.68 g /cm3), ρb = 2.44 g /cm3,
Description
ϕN = 9 p.u., R t = 74 ohm-m, and R w = 0.1 ohm-m.
Enter from the point of intersection of the matrix density (ρma)
and apparent bulk density (ρb). Move vertically upward to intersect Find: ϕ, Sg, Sh, So, and Sw.
either neutron porosity (ϕN, corrected for lithology) or the ratio of Answer: First, find R t /R w = 74/0.1 = 740.
true resistivity to connate water resistivity (R t /Rw). This point defines ϕ = 12 p.u. and Sg = 25%.
the actual porosity and Sg on the curves.
Sh = 70% (total hydrocarbon saturation).
Oil saturation (So) can also be determined if all three measure-
ments (density, neutron, and resistivity) are available. Find the values So = 70 – 25 = 45%.
of ϕ and Sg as before, and then find the intersection of R t /R w with ϕ Sw = 100 – 70 = 30%.
to read the value of the total hydrocarbon saturation (Sh) on the
saturation scale for use in the following equations:
254
Saturation—Wireline
21 Sxo
(%)
20 100
19
90
18
17 80
16
/m)
Gas il
21 (ns 70
O
15 t pw
25
14 60
tpl (ns/m) 13 30
53%
50
4 35 50
12 40 5 40
35
11 30 40
10.9 50
25
y
sit
20 60
(% poro
10
15 70 30
on
80
)
9
ati
10 90
rm
Fo
8 5 20
7
10
6
5 0
Sandstone Limestone Sandstone Limestone
Dolomite Dolomite
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Purpose edge of the scale grid. From this point, extend a straight line through
This nomograph is used to define flushed zone saturation (Sxo) in the porosity scale to the center scale grid; again, move parallel to the
the rock immediately adjacent to the borehole by using the EPT diagonal lines to the appropriate tpma value and then horizontally to
Electromagnetic Propagation Tool time measurement (tpl). the right edge of the grid scale. From this point, extend a straight
line through the intersection of tpw and the hydrocarbon type point SatOH
Description to intersect the Sxo scale. For more information, see Reference 25.
Use of this chart requires knowledge of the reservoir lithology or
matrix propagation time (tpma), saturating water propagation time
(tpw), porosity (ϕ), and expected hydrocarbon type. Enter the far-left
scale with tpl and move parallel to the diagonal lines to intersect the
appropriate tpma value. From this point move horizontally to the right
255
Saturation—Wireline
EPT* Attenuation
SatOH-8
Open Hole (former Sxo-2)
Sxo
(%)
Aw 6
(dB/m) 7
6,000 8
AEPTcor 9
5,000 (dB/m) 10
4,000
1
3,000
φ 2
(p.u.)
2,000 3 20
1 4
6
2 30
8
1,000 3 10
900 4
800 40
5
700 20
600 50
10 30
500 40 60
15
400 70
20 60
80
30 80
300 90
40 100
100
200 200
300
400
100 600
90 800
*Mark of Schlumberger 80 1,000
© Schlumberger
Purpose Example
This nomograph is used to determine the flushed zone saturation Given: EATT = 250 dB/m, tpl = 10.9 ns/m, ϕ = 28 p.u., water salin-
(Sxo) in the rock immediately adjacent to the borehole by using the ity = 20,000 ppm, and bottomhole temperature = 150ºF.
EPT Electromagnetic Propagation Tool attenuation measurement. Find: Spreading loss (from Chart Gen-16 inset) and Sxo.
It requires knowledge of the saturating fluid (usually mud filtrate)
SatOH Answer: The spreading loss determined from the inset on
attenuation (Aw), porosity (ϕ), and the EPT EATT attenuation
Chart Gen-16 is –82 dB/m.
(AEPTcor) corrected for spreading loss.
AEPTcor = 250 – 82 = 168 dB/m.
Description Aw (from Chart Gen-16) = 1,100 dB/m.
The value of Aw must first be determined. Chart Gen-16 is used to
Enter the far-left scale at Aw = 1,100 dB/m and draw
estimate Aw by using the equivalent water salinity and formation
a straight line through ϕ = 28 p.u. on the next scale to
temperature. EPT-D spreading loss is determined from the inset on
intersect the median line. From this intersection point,
Chart Gen-16 based on the uncorrected EPT propagation time (tpl)
draw a straight line through AEPTcor = 168 dB/m on the
measurement. The spreading loss correction algebraically added to
next scale to intersect the Sxo value on the far-right
the EPT-D EATT attenuation measurement gives the corrected EPT
scale. Sxo = 56 p.u.
attenuation (AEPTcor). These values are used with porosity on the
nomograph to determine Sxo.
256
Saturation—Wireline
Purpose Procedure
This chart is used to determine water saturation (Sw) from capture Shaly Formation
cross section, or sigma (Σ), measurements from the TDT* Thermal The Sw determination in a shaly formation requires additional infor-
Decay Time pulsed neutron log. mation: sigma shale (Σsh) read from the TDT log in adjacent shale,
Vsh from porosity-log crossplot or gamma ray, shale porosity (ϕsh) read
Description
from a porosity log in adjacent shale, and the porosity corrected for
This chart uses sigma water (Σw), matrix capture cross section (Σma),
shaliness (ϕshcor) with the relation for neutron and density logs
and porosity (ϕ) to determine water saturation in clean formations.
in liquid-filled formations of ϕshcor = ϕlog – Vshϕsh.
The chart may be used in shaly formations if sigma shale (Σsh), the
Enter the value of Σma on Scale B and draw Line 1 to intersect
volume fraction of shale in the formation (Vsh), and the porosity cor-
with Pivot Point A. From the value of Σsh on Scale A, draw Line 2
rected for shale are known.
through the intersection of Line 1 and Vsh to determine the shale-
Thermal decay time (t and tsh in shale) is also shown on some
corrected Σcor on Scale B. Draw Line 3 from Σcor to the value of Σma
of the chart scales because it is related to Σ.
on the scale to the left of Scale C. Enter Σlog on Scale B and draw
Procedure Line 4 through the intersection of Line 3 and the value of ϕ to deter-
Clean Formation mine Σf on Scale C. From Σf on Scale C, draw Line 5 through the
The Sw determination for a clean formation requires values known intersection of Σh and Σw to determine Sw on Scale D.
for Σma (based on lithology), ϕ, Σw from the NaCl salinity (see Chart Example
Gen-12 or Gen-13), and sigma hydrocarbon (Σh) (see Chart Gen-14). Given: Σlog = 25 c.u.
Enter the value of Σma on Scale B and draw a line to Pivot Point B.
Σma = 8 c.u.
Enter Σlog on Scale B and draw Line b through the intersection of
Line a and the value of ϕ to intersect the sigma of the formation Σh = 18 c.u.
fluid (Σf) on Scale C. Draw Line 5 from Σf through the intersection of Σw = 80 c.u.
Σh and Σw to determine the value of Sw on Scale D. Σsh = 45 c.u.
Example: Clean Formation ϕlog = 33 p.u.
Given: Σlog = 20 c.u., Σma = 8 c.u. (sandstone) from TDT tool, ϕsh = 45 p.u.
Σh = 18 c.u., Σw = 80 c.u. (150,000 ppm or mg/kg), and Vsh = 0.2.
ϕ = 30 p.u.
Find: ϕshcor and Sw.
Find: Sw.
Answer: First find the porosity corrected for shaliness,
Answer: Following the procedure for a clean formation, Sw = 43%. ϕshcor = 33 p.u. – (0.2 × 45 p.u.) = 24 p.u. This value
is used for the ϕ point between Scales B and C.
Sw = 43%.
SatCH
257
Saturation—Wireline
sh (c.u.)
sh
20 30 40 50 60
A
200 150 120 100 90 80
t sh ( s)
Pivot point A
1
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
(c.u.) ma
cor
0.1
50 40 30 20 10 0
B
100 120 140 160 200 300 400
5
t ( s)
10
15
20
25 p.u.
30
35
40
45
a b
4
3 Pivot point B
ma (c.u.) f (c.u.)
80
40
60
90
120
0
10
Formation water 0
salinity (ppm 1,000) 20
0
25
21
10
15
0
h (c.u.)
5
SatCH Sw (%)
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
D
( – )– ( h – )– sh ( sh – )
Sw =
( w – h)
© Schlumberger
258
Saturation—Wireline
Purpose 90
This chart is used to graphically interpret the TDT* Thermal Decay 85
Time log. In one technique, applicable in shaly as well as clean Bound-water
sands, the apparent water capture cross section (Σwa) is plotted 80 point
wb = 76
versus bound-water saturation (Swb) on a specially constructed grid to 75 100% water line
determine the total water saturation (Swt). Free-water 90%
70 point
80
Description 65
wf = 61 7
To construct the grid, refer to the example chart on this page. Three 70
6 5
60 8
fluid points must be located: free-water point (Σwf), hydrocarbon 60
point (Σh), and a bound-water point (Σwb). The free- (or connate for- 55 50
4
mation) water point is located on the left y-axis and can be obtained 50 40
b
from measurement of a formation water sample, from Charts Gen-12
w
S
30
=
wa
45
t
w
and Gen-13 if the water salinity is known, or from the TDT log in (c.u.)
S
20
a clean water-bearing sand by using the following equation: 40 3
10
2
35 0
∑ log − ∑ ma 1
∑ wa = + ∑ ma . (1) 30
φ
25
The hydrocarbon point is also located on the left y-axis of the grid. 20 Hydrocarbon
It can be determined from Chart Gen-14 based on the known or 15
point
h = 21
expected hydrocarbon type.
The bound-water point (Swb) can be obtained from the TDT log 10
in shale intervals also by using the Σwa equation. It is located on the 5
right y-axis of the grid. 0 20 40 60 80 100
The distance between the free-water and hydrocarbon points is Swb (%)
linearly divided into lines of constant water saturation drawn parallel
to a straight line connecting the free-water and bound-water points. 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80
The Swt = 0% line originates from the hydrocarbon point, and the Gamma Ray
Swt = 100% line originates from the free-water point. (gAPI)
The value of Σwa from the equation is plotted versus Swb to give *Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
Swt. The value of Swb can be estimated from the gamma ray or other
bound-water saturation estimator.
Once Swt and Swb are known, the water saturation of the reservoir
The grid can also be used to graphically determine water
rock exclusive of shale can be determined using
s aturation (Sw) in clean formations by crossplotting Σlog on the
S wt − S vb y-axis and porosity (ϕ) on the x-axis. The values of Σma and Sw need
Sw = . (2) not be known but must be constant over the interval studied. There
1 − S wb
must be some points from 100% water zones and a good variation in
porosity. These water points define the Sw = 100% line; when extrap-
Example olated, this line intersects the zero-porosity axis at Σma. The Sw = 0%
Given: Σwf = 61 c.u. and Σh = 21 c.u. (medium-gravity oil with line is drawn from Σma at ϕ = 0 p.u. to Σ = Σh at ϕ = 100 p.u. (or
modest GOR from Chart Gen-14), and Σwb = 76 c.u. Σ = 1⁄2(Σma + Σh) at ϕ = 50 p.u.). The vertical distance from Sw = 0%
(from TDT log in a shale interval and the preceding Eq. 1). to Sw = 100% is divided linearly to define lines of constant water
Find: Swt and Sw for Point 4. saturation. The water saturation of any plotted point can thereby
Answer: Σwa = 54 c.u. (from Eq. 1) and Swb = 25% (from be determined.
SatCH
gamma ray).
Swt = 72% and Sw = 63% (from the preceding Sw
equation).
259
Saturation—Wireline
log
or
wa
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
or Swb
SatCH
© Schlumberger
260
Saturation—Wireline
Purpose The rectangle within each chart is constructed from four distinct
Charts SatCH-3 through SatCH-8 are presented for illustrative points determined by the intersection of the near- and far-detector
purposes only. They are used to ensure that the measured near- and C/O ratios:
far-detector carbon/oxygen (C/O) ratio data are consistent with the WW = water/water point
interpretation model. These example charts are drawn for specific
WO = water/oil point
cased and open holes and tool sizes to provide trapezoids for the
to determination of oil saturation (So) and oil holdup (yo). OW = oil/water point
OO = oil/oil point.
Description
The oil used for both the formation and borehole is #2 diesel fuel
Known formation and borehole data define the expected C/O ratio
with a carbon density value (CDV) of 0.7313-g carbon per cm3 fuel.
values, which are determined in water saturation and borehole
RSTPro Reservoir Saturation Tool processing then determines the
holdup values ranging from 0 to 1. All log data for formations with
water saturation (Sw) of the formation.
porosity (ϕ) greater than 10 p.u. should be within the trapezoidal
area bounded by the limits of the So and yo values. If data plot
consistently outside the trapezoid, the interpretation model may
require revision.
SatCH
261
Saturation—Wireline
0.6
OO
OO
Far-detector WO
0.4 OW OO
carbon/oxygen
ratio WO
WO
OW OW
0.2
WO
WW WW OW
WW
0
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
OO
0.6
OO
Far-detector OW
carbon/oxygen 0.4
ratio OO
WO OW OO
WO
OW
0.2 WW
WO
WO WW OW
SatCH
0 WW
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
262
Saturation—Wireline
RSTPro* Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 9.875-in. Borehole,
SatCH-4
#2 Diesel CDV = 0.7313-g Carbon per cm3
Carbon/Oxygen Ratio—Open Hole
Far-detector OO
carbon/oxygen
ratio OW
0.5
OW
WO
OW
WO
WO
WW OW
WW
0
WW WW
0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
1.0
OO
Far-detector
carbon/oxygen OW
ratio OO
0.5 OW
OW
WO
WO
WW OW
WO SatCH
WW
WW
0
WW
0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
263
Saturation—Wireline
RSTPro* Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 6.125-in. Borehole
SatCH-5
with 4.5-in. Casing at 11.6 lbm/ft, #2 Diesel CDV = 0.7313-g Carbon per cm3 (former RST-5)
Carbon/Oxygen Ratio—Cased Hole
0.6
OO
Far-detector OO
carbon/oxygen 0.4
ratio WO OO
WO
OW
OO
WO
0.2
WW OW
WO OW
OW
0
WW WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
0.6
Far-detector OO
carbon/oxygen 0.4
ratio OO
WO OW
WO OO
0.2 OW
WW OO
WO OW
WO WW
SatCH WW OW
0
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
264
Saturation—Wireline
RSTPro* Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 7.875-in. Borehole
SatCH-6
with 5.5-in. Casing at 17 lbm/ft, #2 Diesel CDV = 0.7313-g Carbon per cm3
Carbon/Oxygen Ratio—Cased Hole
Far-detector OO OO
0.4 OW
carbon/oxygen
ratio
WO
WO OO
0.2 OW
OW
WO
WO
WW WW
OW
0 WW
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
0.6
OO
Far-detector OW
carbon/oxygen 0.4
OO
ratio
OO
WO
OW OW
0.2 WO OO
WW
WW
WO
WO OW
SatCH
0 WW
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
265
Saturation—Wireline
RSTPro* Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 8.5-in. Borehole
SatCH-7
with 7-in. Casing at 29 lbm/ft, #2 Diesel CDV = 0.7313-g Carbon per cm3 (former RST-1)
Carbon/Oxygen Ratio—Cased Hole
0.6 OO
OW
OO
Far-detector
carbon/oxygen 0.4 OO
ratio OW
WO
OW
0.2 WO
WO
OW
WW
0 WW
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
0.6
OW
OO OO
Far-detector
carbon/oxygen 0.4 OW
ratio
OW OO
WO
0.2
WO
WW
WO OW
SatCH WW
0
WW WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
266
Saturation—Wireline
RSTPro* Reservoir Saturation Tool—1.6875 in. and 2.5 in. in 9.875-in. Borehole
SatCH-8
with 7-in. Casing at 29 lbm/ft, #2 Diesel CDV = 0.7313-g Carbon per cm3 (former RST-2)
Carbon/Oxygen Ratio—Cased Hole
0.6
OO
OW OO
Far-detector
carbon/oxygen 0.4
ratio OW OO
WO
0.2 OW
WO
WO
WO OW
WW
WW WW
0
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
0.6
OW
OO
Far-detector
0.4 OW OO
carbon/oxygen
ratio
OW OO
0.2 WO
WO
WW WO OW
WO
WW SatCH
0 WW
WW
0 0.5 1.0
Near-detector carbon/oxygen ratio
*Mark of Schlumberger
© Schlumberger
267
General
Permeability
Purpose Example
Charts Perm-1 and Perm-2 are used to estimate the permeability of Given: ϕ = 23 p.u., Swi = 30%, gas saturation with ρh = 0.3 g/cm3
shales, shaly sands, or other hydrocarbon-saturated intergranular and ρw = 1.1 g/cm3, and h = 120 ft.
rocks at irreducible water saturation (Swi). Find: Correction factor and k.
Description Answer: First, find pc to determine the correction factor if the
The charts are based on empirical observations and are similar in zone of interest is not at irreducible water saturation:
form to a general expression proposed by Wyllie and Rose (1950)
(see Reference 49):
pc =
(
h ρ w − ρh ) = 120(1.1 − 0.3) = 42.
Cφ 2.3 2.3
k 1/ 2 = + C ′. (1)
S wi Enter the correction factor chart with Swi = 30% to inter-
sect the curve for pc = 40 (nearest to 42), for which the
Chart Perm-1 presents the results of one study for which the
correction factor is 1.08. The corrected Swi value is S´wi =
observed relation was
1.08 × 30% = 32.4%.
100φ 2.25
k 1/ 2 = . (2)
S wi Chart Perm-1: ϕS´wi = 0.072% and k = 130 mD.
Chart Perm-2: ϕS´wi = 0.072% and k = 65 mD.
Chart Perm-2 presents the results of another study:
1 − S wi 2.0
k 1/ 2 = 70φ2e . (3)
S wi
pc = 200
The charts are valid only for zones at irreducible water saturation. 1.8
Enter porosity (ϕ) and Swi on a chart. Their intersection defines
the intrinsic (absolute) rock permeability (k). Medium-gravity oil is
assumed. If the saturating hydrocarbon is other than medium-gravity 1.6 h(ρw – ρo)
oil, a correction factor (C′) based on the fluid densities of water and pc =
2.3
hydrocarbons (ρw and ρh, respectively) and elevation above the free-
water level (h) should be applied to the Swi value before it is entered Correction 1.4
on the chart. The chart on this page provides the correction factor factor, C′
based on the capillary pressure:
pc = 100
1.2
pc =
(
h ρ w − ρh ). (4)
2.3 pc = 40
1.0 pc = 10
Charts Perm-1 and Perm-2 can be used to recognize zones at irre- pc = 0
ducible water saturation, for which the product ϕSwi from levels within
the zone is generally constant and plots parallel to the ϕSwi lines. 0.8
0 20 40 60 80 100
Irreducible water saturation, Swi (%)
© Schlumberger
Perm
268
Permeability
General
60
0.5
0.2 1.0
50
0.1
0.01 2 φSwi
40 5
0.12
10
Irreducible 0.10
water Pe
20 rm
saturation ea
30 bil
above ity 0.08
50 ,k(
transition mD
zone, 100 )
Swi (%) 0.06
200
20 500
0.04 1,000
2,000
5,000
0.02
10
0.01
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Porosity, φ (p.u.)
© Schlumberger
Perm
269
General
Permeability
40
35
5,000
30
2,000
Per
25
1,000
me
abi
lity
500 φSwi
,k(
Porosity, 20
φ (p.u.)
mD
200 0.12
)
100 0.10
15 50 0.08
20 0.06
10
5 0.04
10
0.02 1
0.01 0.10
5
0.01
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Irreducible water saturation above transition zone, Swi (%)
© Schlumberger
1 − S wi
k 1/ 2 = 70φ2e .
S wi
Perm
270
Permeability
General
Membrane impedance
0 GPa/cm
1,000 50 10 5 1 (no mudcake)
Mobility
(mD/cp) 100
10
0.1
0.1 1 10 100
Mobility-added slowness, S – Se (µs/ft)
© Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to estimate ease of movement through a formation
by a fluid.
Description
The mobility-added slowness, which is the difference between the
Stoneley slowness and the calculated elastic Stoneley slowness, is
plotted on the x-axis and the mobility of the fluid is on the y-axis. The
membrane impedance curves represent the effect that the mudcake
has on the determination of the mobility of the fluid in the formation.
The membrane impedance is scaled in gigapascal per centimeter.
Perm
271
Cement
General Evaluation—Wireline
Purpose Example
This chart is used to determine the decibel attenuation of casing Given: Log amplitude reading = 3.5 mV in zone of interest
from the measured cement bond log (CBL) amplitude and convert and 1.0 mV in a well-bonded section (usually the lowest
it to the compressive strength of bonded cement (either standard millivolt value on the log), casing size = 7 in. at
or foamed). 29 lbm/ft, casing thickness = 0.41 in., and neat cement
(not foamed).
Description
Find: Compressive strength and bond index of the cement at the
The amplitude of the first casing arrival is recorded by an acoustic
time of logging.
signal-measuring device such as a sonic or cement bond tool. This
amplitude value is a measure of decibel attenuation that can be Answer: Enter the 3.5-mV reading on the left y-axis of Chart
translated into a bond index (an indication of the percent of casing Cem-1 and proceed to the 7-in. casing line.
cement bonding) and the compressive strength (psi) of the cement Move horizontally to intersect the right-hand y-axis at
at the time of logging. 8.9 dB/ft.
Enter the chart on the y-axis with the log value of CBL amplitude Determine the casing thickness as (7 – 6.184)/2 = 0.816/2
and move upward parallel to the 45° lines to intersect the appropriate = 0.41 in. Draw a line from 8.9 dB/ft through the 0.41-in.
casing size. At that point, move horizontally right to the attenua- casing thickness point to the compressive strength scale.
tion scale on the right-hand y-axis. From this point, draw a line
Cement compressive strength = 2,100 psi.
through the appropriate casing thickness value to intersect the com-
pressive strength scale. The casing wall thickness is calculated by To find the bond index, determine the decibel attenuation of the
subtracting the nominal inside diameter (ID) from the outside lowest recorded log value by entering 1.0 mV on the left-hand y-axis
diameter (OD) listed on the table for threaded nonupset casing and proceeding to the 7-in. casing line. Move horizontally to intersect
and dividing the difference by 2. the right-hand y-axis at 12.3 dB/ft.
Divide the precisely determined decibel attenuation for the CBL
amplitude in the zone of interest by this value for the lowest millivolt
value: 8.9/12.3 = 72% bond index.
A 72% bond index means that 72% of the casing is bonded. This
is not a well-bonded zone because a value of 80% bonding over a 10-ft
interval is historically considered well bonded. Although the logging
scale is a linear millivolts scale, the decibel attenuation scale is loga-
rithmic. The millivolts log scale for the CBL value cannot rescaled
in percent of bonding. If it were, the apparent percent bonding
would be 65% because most bond log scales are from 0 to 100 mV
reading from left to right, over 10 divisions of track 1, or conversely
100% to 0% cement bonding for 0 mV = 100% bonding and
100 mV = 0% bonding.
Cem
272
Cement Evaluation—Wireline
4 11.60 3.428 3.303 7 17.00 6.538 6.413
10 33.00 9.384 9.228
20.00 6.456 6.331
41⁄2 9.50 4.090 3.965 22.00 6.398 6.273 103⁄4 32.75 10.192 10.036
11.60 4.000 3.875 23.00 6.366 6.241 40.00 10.054 9.898
13.50 3.920 3.795 24.00 6.336 6.211 40.50 10.050 9.894
26.00 6.276 6.151 45.00 9.960 9.804
43⁄4 16.00 4.082 3.957 45.50 9.950 9.794
28.00 6.214 6.089
29.00 6.184 6.059 48.00 9.902 9.746
5 11.50 4.560 4.435
30.00 6.154 6.029 51.00 9.850 9.694
13.00 4.494 4.369
54.00 9.784 9.628
15.00 4.408 4.283 32.00 6.094 5.969
55.50 9.760 9.604
17.70 4.300 4.175 35.00 6.004 5.879
18.00 4.276 4.151 38.00 5.920 5.795
113⁄4 38.00 11.150 10.994
21.00 4.154 4.029 40.00 5.836 5.711
42.00 11.084 10.928
47.00 11.000 10.844
51⁄2 13.00 5.044 4.919 75⁄8 20.00 7.125 7.000
54.00 10.880 10.724
14.00 5.012 4.887 24.00 7.025 6.900
60.00 10.772 10.616
15.00 4.974 4.849 26.40 6.969 6.844
15.50 4.950 4.825 29.70 6.875 6.750 12 40.00 11.384 11.228
17.00 4.892 4.767 33.70 6.765 6.640
13 40.00 12.438 12.282
20.00 4.778 4.653 39.00 6.625 6.500
23.00 4.670 4.545
133⁄8 48.00 12.715 12.559
85⁄8 24.00 8.097 7.972
53⁄4 14.00 5.290 5.165
28.00 8.017 7.892 16 55.00 15.375 15.187
17.00 5.190 5.065
32.00 7.921 7.796
19.50 5.090 4.965
36.00 7.825 7.700 185⁄8 78.00 17.855 17.667
22.50 4.990 4.865
38.00 7.775 7.650
20 90.00 19.190 19.002
6 15.00 5.524 5.399 40.00 7.725 7.600
16.00 5.500 5.375 43.00 7.651 7.526 211⁄2 92.50 20.710 20.522
18.00 5.424 5.299 44.00 7.625 7.500 103.00 20.610 20.422
20.00 5.352 5.227 49.00 7.511 7.386 114.00 20.510 20.322
23.00 5.240 5.115
9 34.00 8.290 8.165
65⁄8 17.00 6.135 6.010 241⁄2 100.50 23.750 23.562
38.00 8.196 8.071
20.00 6.049 5.924 113.00 23.650 23.462
40.00 8.150 8.025
22.00 5.989 5.864 45.00 8.032 7.907 † Weight per foot in pounds is given for plain pipe (no threads
24.00 5.921 5.796 55.00 7.812 7.687 or coupling).
26.00 5.855 5.730 ‡ Drift diameter is the guaranteed minimum inside diameter of
any part of the casing. Use drift diameter to determine the
26.80 5.837 5.712 95⁄8 29.30 9.063 8.907 largest-diameter equipment that can be safely run inside the
28.00 5.791 5.666 casing. Use inside diameter for volume capacity calculations.
32.30 9.001 8.845
29.00 5.761 5.636 36.00 8.921 8.765
32.00 5.675 5.550 40.00 8.835 8.679
43.50 8.755 8.599
47.00 8.681 8.525
53.50 8.535 8.379
273
General Evaluation—Wireline
Cement
40 3
12
30 30
4
4,000
16
20 5 25
51/2 75/8 1
Casing size (in.)
Cem © Schlumberger 100
274
Appendix A Linear Grid
275
Appendix AA
Appendix Log-Linear Grid
9
1
9
1
276
Appendix AA
Appendix Water Saturation Grid for Resistivity Versus Porosity
0.62
For FR =
φ2.15
5,000 0.20
0.30
3,000
0.35
2,500 0.40
0.45
2,000 0.50
0.60
1,500 0.70
0.80
Conductivity Resistivity
(mmho/m) 0.90 (ohm-m)
1,000 1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
500 2.0
400 2.5
3.0
300
4.0
200 5.0
6.0
150
8.0
100 10
15
50 20
30
25 40
50
10 100
200
0 ∞
ρb
FR
277
Appendix AA
Appendix Water Saturation Grid for Resistivity Versus Porosity
1
For FR =
φ2
500 2
300
3.5
250 4
4.5
200 5
6
150
7
Conductivity 8 Resistivity
(mmho/m) (ohm-m)
9
100 10
12
14
16
50 20
40 25
30
30
40
20 50
10 100
5 200
500
1,000
2,000
0 ∞
ρb
FR
278
Appendix B Logging Tool Response in Sedimentary Minerals
Silicates
Quartz SiO2 2.64 –1 –2 –1 56.0 88.0 1.8 4.8 4.65 7.2 4.3
Ca2NaMg2Fe2
Hornblende ‡ 3.20 4 8 43.8 81.5 6.0 19 18
AlSi8O22(O,OH)2
Carbonates
Calcite CaCO3 2.71 0 0 0 49.0 88.4 5.1 13.8 7.5 9.1 7.1
Oxidates
Phosphates
Feldspars—Alkali‡
Feldspars—Plagioclase‡
Micas‡
Muscovite KAl2(Si3AlO10)(OH)2 2.82 12 ~20 ~13 49 149 2.4 6.7 6.2–7.9 8.3–9.4 ~270 17
K0.7(Mg,Fe2,Al)
Glauconite 2.86 ~38 ~15 4.8 14 21
(Si4,Al10)O2(OH)
Biotite K(Mg,Fe)3(AlSi3O10)(OH)2 ~2.99 ~11 ~21 ~11 50.8 224 6.3 19 4.8–6.0 7.2–8.1 ~275 30
279
Appendix B Logging Tool Response in Sedimentary Minerals
Clays‡
(Mg,Fe,Al)6(Si,Al)4
Chlorite 2.76 37 ~52 ~35 6.3 17 ~5.8 ~8.0 180–250 25
O10(OH)8
K1–1.5Al4(Si7–6.5,Al1–1.5)
Illite 2.77 20 ~30 ~17 2.33 6.45
~5.8 ~8.0 250–300 18
O20(OH)4
(Ca,Na)7(Al,Mg,Fe)4
Montmorillonite 2.12 ~60 ~60 2.0 4.0 ~5.8 ~8.0 150–200 14
(Si,Al)8O20(OH)4(H2O)n
Evaporites
Halite NaCl 2.04 –2 –3 21 67.0 120 4.7 9.5 5.6–6.3 7.9–8.4 754
K2SO4Mg
Polyhalite 2.79 14 25 4.3 12 ~200 24
SO4(CaSO4)2(H2O)2
Sulfides
Coals
280
Appendix C Acoustic Characteristics of Common Formations and Fluids
Nonporous Solids
Material Δt Sound Velocity Acoustic Impedance
(µs/ft) (MRayl)
(ft/s) (m/s)
Casing 57.0 17,500 5,334 41.60
Dolomite 43.5 23,000 7,010 20.19
Anhydrite 50.0 20,000 6,096 18.17
Limestone 47.6 21,000 6,400 17.34
Calcite 49.7 20,100 6,126 16.60
Quartz 52.9 18,900 5,760 15.21
Gypsum 52.6 19,000 5,791 13.61
Halite 66.6 15,000 4,572 9.33
281
Appendix D Conversions
Length
Multiply Centimeters Feet Inches Kilometers Nautical Meters Mils Miles Millimeters Yards
Number Miles
of
to
➤
Obtain by
Centimeters 1 30.48 2.540 105 1.853 × 105 100 2.540 × 10–3 1.609 × 105 0.1 91.44
Feet 3.281 × 10–2 1 8.333 × 10–2 3281 6080.27 3.281 8.333 × 10–5 5280 3.281 × 10–3 3
Inches 0.3937 12 1 3.937 × 104 7.296 × 104 39.37 0.001 6.336 × 104 3.937 × 10–2 36
Kilometers 10–5 3.048 × 10–4 2.540 × 10–5 1 1.853 0.001 2.540 × 10–8 1.609 10–6 9.144 × 10–4
Nautical miles 1.645 × 10–4 0.5396 1 5.396 × 10–4 0.8684 4.934 ×10–4
Meters 0.01 0.3048 2.540 × 10–2 1000 1853 1 1609 0.001 0.9144
Mils 393.7 1.2 × 104 1000 3.937 × 107 3.937 × 104 1 39.37 3.6 × 104
Miles 6.214 × 10–6 1.894 × 10–4 1.578 × 10–5 0.6214 1.1516 6.214 × 10–4 1 6.214 × 10–7 5.682 × 10–4
Yards 1.094 × 10–2 0.3333 2.778 × 10–2 1094 2027 1.094 2.778 × 10–5 1760 1.094 × 10–3 1
Area
Multiply Acres Circular Square Square Square Square Square Square Square Square
Number Mils Centimeters Feet Inches Kilometers Meters Miles Millimeters Yards
of
to
➤
Obtain by
Acres 1 2.296 × 10–5 247.1 2.471 × 10–4 640 2.066 × 10–4
Circular mils 1 1.973 × 105 1.833 × 108 1.273 × 106 1.973 ×109 1973
Square
5.067 × 10–6 1 929.0 6.452 1010 104 2.590 × 1010 0.01 8361
centimeters
Square feet 4.356 × 104 1.076 × 10–3 1 6.944 × 10–3 1.076 × 107 10.76 2.788 × 107 1.076 × 10–5 9
Square inches 6,272,640 7.854 × 10–7 0.1550 144 1 1.550 × 109 1550 4.015 × 109 1.550 × 10–3 1296
Square
4.047 × 10–3 10–10 9.290 × 10–8 6.452 × 10–10 1 10–6 2.590 10–12 8.361 × 10–7
kilometers
Square meters 4047 0.0001 9.290 × 10–2 6.452 × 10–4 106 1 2.590 × 106 10–6 0.8361
Square miles 1.562 × 10–3 3.861 × 10–11 3.587 × 10–8 0.3861 3.861 × 10–7 1 3.861 × 10–13 3.228 × 10–7
Square
5.067 × 10–4 100 9.290 × 104 645.2 1012 106 1 8.361 × 105
millimeters
Square yards 4840 1.196 × 10–4 0.1111 7.716 × 10–4 1.196 × 106 1.196 3.098 × 106 1.196 × 10–6 1
282
Appendix D Conversions
Length
Multiply Bushels Cubic Cubic Cubic Cubic Cubic Gallons Liters Pints Quarts
Number (Dry) Centimeters Feet Inches Meters Yards (Liquid) (Liquid) (Liquid)
of
➤
by
Bushels (dry) 1 0.8036 4.651 × 10–4 28.38 2.838 × 10–2
Cubic
3.524 × 104 1 2.832 × 104 16.39 106 7.646 × 105 3785 1000 473.2 946.4
centimeters
Cubic feet 1.2445 3.531 × 10–5 1 5.787 × 10–4 35.31 27 0.1337 3.531 × 10–2 1.671 × 10–2 3.342 × 10–2
Cubic inches 2150.4 6.102 × 10–2 1728 1 6.102 × 104 46,656 231 61.02 28.87 57.75
Cubic meters 3.524 × 10–2 10–6 2.832 × 10–2 1.639 × 10–5 1 0.7646 3.785 × 10–3 0.001 4.732 × 10–4 9.464 × 10–4
Cubic yards 1.308 × 10–6 3.704 × 10–2 2.143 × 10–5 1.308 1 4.951 × 10–3 1.308 × 10–3 6.189 × 10–4 1.238 × 10–3
Gallons (liquid) 2.642 × 10–4 7.481 4.329 × 10–3 264.2 202.0 1 0.2642 0.125 0.25
Liters 35.24 0.001 28.32 1.639 × 10–2 1000 764.6 3.785 1 0.4732 0.9464
Pints (liquid) 2.113 × 10–3 59.84 3.463 × 10–2 2113 1616 8 2.113 1 2
Quarts (liquid) 1.057 × 10–3 29.92 1.732 × 10–2 1057 807.9 4 1.057 0.5 1
Obtain by
Grains 1 15.43 1.543 × 104 1.543 × 10–2 437.5 7000
Grams 6.481 × 10–2 1 1000 0.001 28.35 453.6 1.016 × 106 106 9.072 × 105
Kilograms 6.481 × 10–5 0.001 1 10–6 2.835 × 10–2 0.4536 1016 1000 907.2
Milligrams 64.81 1000 106 1 2.835 × 104 4.536 × 105 1.016 × 109 109 9.072 × 108
Ounces† 2.286 × 10–3 3.527 × 10–2 35.27 3.527 × 10–5 1 16 3.584 × 104 3.527 × 104 3.2 × 104
Pounds† 1.429 × 10–4 2.205 × 10–3 2.205 2.205 × 10–6 6.250 × 10–2 1 2240 2205 2000
Tons (long) 9.842 × 10–7 9.842 × 10–4 9.842 × 10–10 2.790 × 10–5 4.464 × 10–4 1 0.9842 0.8929
Tons (metric) 10–6 0.001 10–9 2.835 × 10–5 4.536 × 10–4 1.016 1 0.9072
Tons (short) 1.102 × 10–6 1.102 × 10–3 1.102 × 10–9 3.125 × 10–5 0.0005 1.120 1.102 1
283
Appendix D Conversions
Area
Multiply Atmospheres† Bayres or Centimeters Inches of Inches of Kilograms Pounds Pounds Tons Pascals
Number Dynes per of Mercury Mercury at Water at per Square per Square per Square (short)
of Square at 0°C§ 0°C§ 4°C Meter†† Foot Inch‡‡ per
to Centimeter‡ Square
Foot
➤
Obtain by
Atmospheres† 1 9.869 × 10–7 1.316 × 10–2 3.342 × 10–2 2.458 × 10–3 9.678 × 10–5 4.725 × 10–4 6.804 × 10–2 0.9450 9.869 × 10–6
Bayres or dynes
per square 1.013 × 106 1 1.333 × 104 3.386 × 104 2.491 × 10–3 98.07 478.8 6.895 × 104 9.576 × 105 10
centimeter‡
Centimeters
of mercury 76.00 7.501 × 10–5 1 2.540 0.1868 7.356 × 10–3 3.591 × 10–2 5.171 71.83 7.501 × 10–4
at 0°C§
Inches
of mercury 29.92 2.953 × 10–5 0.3937 1 7.355 × 10–2 2.896 × 10–3 1.414 × 10–2 2.036 28.28 2.953 × 10–4
at 0°C§
Inches of
406.8 4.015 × 10–4 5.354 13.60 1 3.937 × 10–2 0.1922 27.68 384.5 4.015 × 10–3
water at 4°C
Kilograms
per square 1.033 × 104 1.020 × 10–2 136.0 345.3 25.40 1 4.882 703.1 9765 0.1020
meter††
Pounds
per square 2117 2.089 × 10–3 27.85 70.73 5.204 0.2048 1 144 2000 2.089 × 10–2
foot
Pounds per
14.70 1.450 × 10–5 0.1934 0.4912 3.613 × 10–2 1.422 × 10–3 6.944 × 10–3 1 13.89 1.450 × 10–4
square inch‡‡
Pascals 1.013 × 105 10–1 1.333 × 103 3.386 × 103 2.491 × 10–4 9.807 47.88 6.895 × 103 9.576 × 104 1
Obtain by
Grams per cubic K °C + 273.16
1 0.001 1.602 × 10–2 27.68 0.1198
centimeter
Kilograms per
1000 1 16.02 2.768 × 104 119.8
cubic meter
Pounds per
62.43 6.243 × 10–2 1 1728 7.479
cubic foot
Pounds per
3.613 × 10–2 3.613 × 10–5 5.787 × 10–4 1 4.329 × 10–3
cubic inch
Pounds per
8.347 8.3 × 10–3 13.37 × 10–2 231.0 1
gallon
284
Appendix E Symbols
285
Appendix E Symbols
286
Appendix FE Subscripts
287
Appendix FE Subscripts
288
Appendix FE Subscripts
289
Appendix G
F Unit Abbreviations
These unit abbreviations, which are based on those adopted by the curie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ci
Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE), are appropriate for most publi- dalton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Da
cations. However, an accepted industry standard may be used instead. darcy, darcies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D
For instance, in the drilling field, ppg may be more common than
day (customary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D
lbm/gal when referring to pounds per gallon.
In some instances, two abbreviations are given: customary and day (metric). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d
metric. When using the International System of Units (SI), or metric, dead-weight ton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DWT
abbreviations, use the one designated for metric (e.g., m3/h instead of decibel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB
m3/hr). The use of SI prefix symbols and prefix names with customary degree (American Petroleum Institute). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °API
unit abbreviations and names, although common, is not preferred degree Celsius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
(e.g., 1,000 lbf instead of klbf).
degree Fahrenheit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °F
Unit abbreviations are followed by a period only when the abbrevia-
tion forms a word (for example, in. for inch). degree Kelvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See “kelvin”
degree Rankine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °R
acre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spell out dots per inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dpi
acre-foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acre-ft electromotive force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . emf
ampere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A electron volt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eV
ampere-hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-hr farad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F
angstrom unit (10–8 cm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A feet per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft/min
atmosphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atm feet per second. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft/s
atomic mass unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . amu foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft
barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bbl foot-pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft-lbf
barrels of fluid per day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BFPD gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gal
barrels of liquid per day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLPD gallons per day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gal/D
barrels of oil per day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOPD gallons per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gal/min
barrels of water per day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BWPD gigabyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gbyte
barrels per day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B/D gigahertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GHz
barrels per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bbl/min gigapascal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPa
billion cubic feet (billion = 109) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bcf gigawatt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GW
billion cubic feet per day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bcf/D gram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g
billion standard cubic feet per day . . . . . . . . . . . Use Bcf/D instead of Bscf/D hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hz
(see “standard cubic foot”) horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hp
bits per inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bpi horsepower-hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hp-hr
bits per second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bps hour (customary). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hr
brake horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bhp hour (metric). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h
British thermal unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Btu hydraulic horsepower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hhp
capture unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c.u. inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in.
centimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cm inches per second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in./s
centipoise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cp joule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J
centistoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cSt kelvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K
coulomb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C kilobyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kB
counts per second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cps kilogram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kg
cubic centimeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cm3 kilogram-meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kg-m
cubic foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3 kilohertz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kHz
cubic feet per barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/bbl kilojoule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kJ
cubic feet per day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/D kilometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . km
cubic feet per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/min kilopascal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kPa
cubic feet per pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/lbm kilopound (force) (1,000 lbf) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . klbf
cubic feet per second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/s kilovolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kV
cubic inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in.3 kilowatt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kW
cubic meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m3 kilowatt-hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kW-hr
cubic millimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mm3 kips per square inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ksi
cubic yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yd3
290
Appendix G Unit Abbreviations
pint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pt watt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W
291
Appendix H
G References
1. Overton HL and Lipson LB: “A Correlation of the Electrical 18. Wyllie MRJ, Gregory AR, and Gardner GHF: “Elastic Wave
Properties of Drilling Fluids with Solids Content,” Transactions, Velocities in Heterogeneous and Porous Media,” Geophysics
AIME (1958) (January 1956) No. 1.
2. Desai KP and Moore EJ: “Equivalent NaCl Concentrations from 19. Tixier MP, Alger RP, and Doh CA: “Sonic Logging,” JPT (May
Ionic Concentrations,” The Log Analyst (May–June 1969). 1959) No. 5.
3. Gondouin M, Tixier MP, and Simard GL: “An Experimental Study 20. Raymer LL, Hunt ER, and Gardner JS: “An Improved Sonic
on the Influence of the Chemical Composition of Electrolytes on Transit Time-to-Porosity Transform,” Transactions of the
the SP Curve,” JPT (February 1957). SPWLA 21st Annual Logging Symposium (1980).
4. Segesman FF: “New SP Correction Charts,” Geophysics 21. Coates GR and Dumanoir JR: “A New Approach to Improved
(December 1962) No. 6, PI. Log-Derived Permeability,” The Log Analyst (January–February
5. Alger RP, Locke S, Nagel WA, and Sherman H: “The Dual Spacing 1974).
Neutron Log–CNL,” paper SPE 3565, presented at the 46th SPE 22. Raymer LL: “Elevation and Hydrocarbon Density Correction for
Annual Meeting, New Orleans, Louisiana, USA (1971). Log-Derived Permeability Relationships,” The Log Analyst
6. Segesman FF and Liu OYH: “The Excavation Effect,” (May–June 1981).
Transactions of the SPWLA 12th Annual Logging Symposium 23. Westaway P, Hertzog R, and Plasic RE: “The Gamma
(1971). Spectrometer Tool, Inelastic and Capture Gamma Ray
7. Burke JA, Campbell RL Jr, and Schmidt AW: “The Litho-Porosity Spectroscopy for Reservoir Analysis,” paper SPE 9461,
Crossplot,” Transactions of the SPWLA 10th Annual Logging presented at the 55th SPE Annual Technical Conference
Symposium (1969), paper Y. and Exhibition, Dallas, Texas, USA (1980).
8. Clavier C and Rust DH: “MID-PLOT: A New Lithology 24. Quirein JA, Gardner JS, and Watson JT: “Combined Natural
Technique,” The Log Analyst (November–December 1976). Gamma Ray Spectral/Litho-Density Measurements Applied to
Complex Lithologies,” paper SPE 11143, presented at the 57th
9. Tixier MP, Alger RP, Biggs WP, and Carpenter BN: “Dual
SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, New Orleans,
Induction-Laterolog: A New Tool for Resistivity Analysis,” paper
Louisiana, USA (1982).
713, presented at the 38th SPE Annual Meeting, New Orleans,
Louisiana, USA (1963). 25. Harton RP, Hazen GA, Rau RN, and Best DL: “Electromagnetic
Propagation Logging: Advances in Technique and
10. Wahl JS, Nelligan WB, Frentrop AH, Johnstone CW, and
Interpretation,” paper SPE 9267, presented at the 55th SPE
Schwartz RJ: “The Thermal Neutron Decay Time Log,” SPEJ
Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, Dallas, Texas,
(December 1970).
USA (1980).
11. Clavier C, Hoyle WR, and Meunier D: “Quantitative
26. Serra O, Baldwin JL, and Quirein JA: “Theory and Practical
Interpretation of Thermal Neutron Decay Time Logs, Part I and
Application of Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry,” Transactions
II,” JPT (June 1971).
of the SPWLA 21st Annual Logging Symposium (1980).
12. Poupon A, Loy ME, and Tixier MP: “A Contribution to Electrical
27. Gardner JS and Dumanoir JL: “Litho-Density Log
Log Interpretation in Shaly Sands,” JPT (June 1954).
Interpretation,” Transactions of the SPWLA 21st Annual
13. Tixier MP, Alger RP, and Tanguy DR: “New Developments in Logging Symposium (1980).
Induction and Sonic Logging,” paper 1300G, presented at the
28. Edmondson H and Raymer LL: “Radioactivity Logging
34th SPE Annual Meeting, Dallas, Texas, USA (1959).
Parameters for Common Minerals,” Transactions of the SPWLA
14. Rodermund CG, Alger RP, and Tittman J: “Logging Empty 20th Annual Logging Symposium (1979).
Holes,” OGJ (June 1961).
29. Barber TD: “Real-Time Environmental Corrections for the
15. Tixier MP: “Evaluation of Permeability from Electric Log Phasor Dual Induction Tool,” Transactions of the SPWLA 26th
Resistivity Gradients,” OGJ (June 1949). Annual Logging Symposium (1985).
16. Morris RL and Biggs WP: “Using Log-Derived Values of Water 30. Roscoe BA and Grau J: “Response of the Carbon-Oxygen
Saturation and Porosity,” Transactions of the SPWLA 8th Measurement for an Inelastic Gamma Ray Spectroscopy Tool,”
Annual Logging Symposium (1967). paper SPE 14460, presented at the 60th SPE Annual Technical
17. Timur A: “An Investigation of Permeability, Porosity, and Conference and Exhibition, Las Vegas, Nevada, USA (1985).
Residual Water Saturation Relationships for Sandstone
Reservoirs,” The Log Analyst (July–August 1968).
292
Appendix H References
31. Freedman R and Grove G: “Interpretation of EPT-G Logs in the 40. Brie A, Johnson DL, and Nurmi RD: “Effect of Spherical Pores
Presence of Mudcakes,” paper presented at the 63rd SPE on Sonic and Resistivity Measurements,” Transactions of the
Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, Houston, Texas, SPWLA 26th Annual Logging Symposium (1985).
USA (1988). 41. Serra O: Element Mineral Rock Catalog, Schlumberger (1990).
32. Gilchrist WA Jr, Galford JE, Flaum C, Soran PD, and Gardner JS: 42. Grove GP and Minerbo GN: “An Adaptive Borehole Correction
“Improved Environmental Corrections for Compensated Scheme for Array Induction Tools,” Transactions of the SPWLA
Neutron Logs,” paper SPE 15540, presented at the 61st SPE 32nd Annual Logging Symposium, Midland, Texas, USA, June
Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, New Orleans, 16–19, 1991, paper F.
Louisiana, USA (1986).
43. Barber T and Rosthal R: “Using a Multiarray Induction Tool to
33. Tabanou JR, Glowinski R, and Rouault GF: “SP Deconvolution Achieve Logs with Minimum Environmental Effects,” paper SPE
and Quantitative Interpretation in Shaly Sands,” Transactions 22725, presented at SPE Annual Technical Conference and
of the SPWLA 28th Annual Logging Symposium (1987). Exhibition, Dallas, Texas, USA, October 6–9, 1991.
34. Kienitz C, Flaum C, Olesen J-R, and Barber T: “Accurate Logging 44. Moran JH: “Induction Method and Apparatus for Investigating
in Large Boreholes,” Transactions of the SPWLA 27th Annual Earth Formations Utilizing Two Quadrature Phase Components of
Logging Symposium (1986). a Detected Signal,” US Patent No. 3,147,429 (September 1, 1964).
35. Galford JE, Flaum C, Gilchrist WA Jr, and Duckett SW: 45. Barber TD: “Phasor Processing of Induction Logs Including
“Enhanced Resolution Processing of Compensated Neutron Shoulder and Skin Effect Correction,” US Patent No. 4,513,376
Logs, paper SPE 15541, presented at the 61st SPE Annual (September 11, 1984).
Technical Conference and Exhibition, New Orleans, Louisiana,
46. Barber T et al.: “Interpretation of Multiarray Induction Logs
USA (1986).
in Invaded Formations at High Relative Dip Angles,” The Log
36. Lowe TA and Dunlap HF: “Estimation of Mud Filtrate Resistivity Analyst 40, no. 3 (May–June 1990): 202–217.
in Fresh Water Drilling Muds,” The Log Analyst (March–April
47. Anderson BI and Barber TD: Induction Logging, Sugar Land,
1986).
Texas, USA: Schlumberger Wireline & Testing, 1995 (SMP-7056).
37. Clark B, Luling MG, Jundt J, Ross M, and Best D: “A Dual Depth
48. Gerritsma CJ, Oosting PH, and Trappeniers NJ: “Proton Spin-
Resistivity for FEWD,” Transactions of the SPWLA 29th Annual
Lattice Relaxation and Self Diffusion in Methanes, II,” Physica
Logging Symposium (1988).
51 (1971), 381–394.
38. Ellis DV, Flaum C, Galford JE, and Scott HD: “The Effect of
49. Wyllie MRJ and Rose WD: “Some Theoretical Considerations
Formation Absorption on the Thermal Neutron Porosity
Related to the Quantitative Evaluation of the Physical
Measurement,” paper presented at the 62nd SPE Annual
Characteristics of Reservoir Rock from Electrical Log Data,”
Technical Conference and Exhibition, Dallas, Texas, USA (1987).
JPT 2 (1950), 189.
39. Watfa M and Nurmi R: “Calculation of Saturation, Secondary
Porosity and Producibility in Complex Middle East Carbonate
Reservoirs,” Transactions of the SPWLA 28th Annual Logging
Symposium (1987).
293